diff options
| author |  Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr> | 2015-01-14 16:25:59 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer |  Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> | 2015-01-15 09:02:29 +1300 |
| commit | dc7397b06e9a555aac707ede1aea699ca3dad230 (patch) | |
| tree | b49f3395f0ac9d03a5de5c6693e0f68fd31f3b0c | |
| parent | b4b08bdcc583efe9fcca4f8e5605606a8906ea12 (diff) | |
| download | subsurface-dc7397b06e9a555aac707ede1aea699ca3dad230.tar.gz | |
Documentation: Add initial support for French translation
Add initial support to French (fr) translation of user-manual.
Note that it is not perfect, since the po4a tool loose some list item
indexes during PO to ASCIIDOC conversion (see asciidoc warning messages
during user manual generation).
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/Makefile | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po | 6850 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 4593 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt | 3553 |
4 files changed, 14997 insertions, 1 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 52b1d9cd6..3df677723 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # submitting patches to the user manual, only submit the changes to the .txt # file - the maintainer will recreate the .html.git file -DOCNAMES = user-manual user-manual_es user-manual_ru +DOCNAMES = user-manual user-manual_es user-manual_fr user-manual_ru HTMLDOCS = $(patsubst %,$(OUT)%.html,$(DOCNAMES)) TEXTDOCS = $(patsubst %,$(OUT)%.text,$(DOCNAMES)) diff --git a/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po b/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4582ba13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/fr/po/subsurface-manual.fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,6850 @@ +# French translations for PACKAGE package +# Copyright (C) 2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-14 15:37+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-14 16:18+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr@opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. :website: http://subsurface-divelog.org +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" +msgstr "images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:17 +msgid "[big]#USER MANUAL#" +msgstr "[big]#MANUEL UTILISATEUR#" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Manual authors*: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,\n" +"Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves\n" +msgstr "" +"*Auteurs du manuel* : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,\n" +"Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:22 +msgid "[blue]#_Version 4.3, December 2014_#" +msgstr "[blue]#_Version 4.3, Décembre 2014_#" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:28 +msgid "" +"Welcome as a user of _Subsurface_, an advanced dive logging program with " +"extensive infrastructure to describe, organise, interpret and print scuba " +"and free dives. _Subsurface_ offers many advantages over other similar " +"software solutions:" +msgstr "" +"Bienvenue en tant qu'utilisateur de _Subsurface_, un programme avancé " +"d'enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne " +"infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées " +"en scaphandre et en apnée. _Subsurface_ offre de nombreux avantages par " +"rapport à d'autres solutions logicielles similaires :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:31 +msgid "" +"Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, " +"even not using a dive computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:37 +msgid "" +"Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary " +"software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well as " +"open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-" +"depth recorder in conjunction with a dive computer? _Subsurface_ offers a " +"standard interface for downloading dive logs from all these different pieces " +"of equipment and to store and analyse the dive logs within a unified system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:40 +msgid "" +"Do you use more than one operating system? _Subsurface_ is fully compatible " +"with Mac, Linux and Windows, allowing you to access your dive log on each of " +"your operating systems using a single application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:43 +msgid "" +"Do you use Linux or Mac and your dive computer has only Windows-based " +"software for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? _Subsurface_ " +"provides a way of downloading and analysing your dive logs on other " +"operating systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:45 +msgid "" +"Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with and " +"takes into account the dives that have already been logged?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:50 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel " +"based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. _Subsurface_ can be built " +"for many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and " +"libdivecomputer are available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:59 +msgid "" +"The scope of this document is the use of the _Subsurface_ program. To " +"install the software, consult the _Downloads_ page on the http://subsurface-" +"divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]. Please discuss issues with this " +"program by sending an email to mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org[our " +"mailing list] and report bugs at http://trac.hohndel.org[our bugtracker]. " +"For instructions on how to build the software and (if needed) its " +"dependencies please consult the INSTALL file included with the source code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Audience*: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional\n" +"Divers\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:64 +msgid "toc::[]" +msgstr "toc::[]" + +#. type: Title - +#: user-manual.txt:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The user survey" +msgstr "Le sondage utilisateur" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:80 +msgid "" +"In order to develop _Subsurface_ in a way that serves its users in the best " +"possible way, it is important to have some user information. Upon launching " +"_Subsurface_ after using this software for a week or so, a one-box user " +"survey pops up. It is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, " +"data are sent to the _Subsurface_ development team. Any data that the user " +"chooses to send is extremely useful, and will only be used to steer future " +"development and to customise the software to fit the needs of the " +"_Subsurface_ users. If one completes the survey, or clicks the option not to " +"be asked again, that should be the last communication of this nature one " +"receives. However, if one's diving and/or subsurface habits change and one " +"wishes to provide another survey, this can be done by launching _Subsurface_ " +"with the _--survey_ option on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title - +#: user-manual.txt:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Using the Program" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:88 +msgid "" +"The _Subsurface_ window is usually divided into four panels with a *Main " +"Menu* (File Import Log View Filter Help) at the top of the window (for " +"Windows and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The " +"four panels are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:94 +msgid "" +"The *Dive List* to the bottom left containing a list of all the dives in the " +"user's dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by " +"clicking on it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch " +"between dives. The *Dive List* is an important tool for manipulating a dive " +"log." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:98 +msgid "" +"The *Dive Map* to the bottom right, showing the user's dive sites on a world " +"map and centred on the site of the last dive selected in the *Dive List*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:102 +msgid "" +"The *Dive Info* to the top left, giving more detailed information on the " +"dive selected in the *Dive List*, including some statistics for the selected " +"dive or for all highlighted dive(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:105 +msgid "" +"The *Dive Profile* to the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the " +"selected dive in the *Dive List*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:110 +msgid "" +"The dividers between panels can be dragged in order to change the size of " +"any of the panels. _Subsurface_ remembers the position of the dividers, so " +"the next time _Subsurface_ starts it uses the positions of the dividers from " +"when the program was last used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:118 +msgid "" +"If a dive is selected in the *Dive List*, the dive location, detailed " +"information and profile of the _selected dive_ are shown in the respective " +"panels. On the other hand, if one highlights more than one dive the last " +"highlighted dive is the _selected dive_, but summary data of all " +"_highlighted dives_ are shown in the *Stats* tab of the *Dive Info* panel " +"(maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water temperatures and SAC; " +"total time and number of dives selected)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/main_window_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:126 +msgid "" +"The user can determine which of the four panels are displayed by selecting " +"the *View* option on the main menu. This feature gives the user several " +"choices of display:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*All*: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Divelist*: Show only the Dive List.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Profile*: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Info*: Show only the Dive Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for\n" +"all highlighted dives.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Globe*: Show only the world map, centred on the last selected dive.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:143 +msgid "" +"Like many other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these " +"options can be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a " +"particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. " +"Since different Operating Systems and the user chosen language may cause " +"_Subsurface_ to use different shortcut keys they are not listed here in the " +"user manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:147 +msgid "" +"When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at " +"all. This is because the program doesn't have any dive information " +"available. In the following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook " +"will be described." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title - +#: user-manual.txt:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a new logbook" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:155 +msgid "" +"Select _File -> New Logbook_ from the main menu. All existing dive data are " +"cleared so that new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in " +"an open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved " +"before a new logbook is created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Storing dive information in the logbook" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:162 +msgid "" +"Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it. " +"_Subsurface_ allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed " +"in the following sections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:166 +msgid "" +"If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of " +"manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one " +"of these approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:170 +msgid "" +"Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not use a " +"dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: xref:" +"S_EnterData[Entering dive information by hand]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:174 +msgid "" +"Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet " +"or as a CSV file. Refer to: xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a " +"spreadsheet to CSV format] and the text about xref:" +"S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually created CSV files] and" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:178 +msgid "" +"If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the " +"dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These " +"dives can be imported from:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:180 +msgid "" +"The divecomputer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive " +"information from a Dive Computer] or" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:183 +msgid "" +"Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer " +"to: xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive information from other " +"digital data sources or other data formats]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:186 +msgid "" +"Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. See: xref:" +"S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or " +"other dive log software]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Entering dive information by hand" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:203 +msgid "" +"This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic " +"record of information within _Subsurface_ is a dive. The most important " +"information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, " +"duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive " +"guide, and some remarks about the dive. _Subsurface_ can store much more " +"information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log, " +"select _Log -> Add Dive_ from the Main Menu. The program then shows three " +"panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the *Dive Info* panel " +"(*Dive Notes* and *Equipment*), as well as the *Dive Profile* panel that " +"displays a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively " +"marked [red]#A#, [red]#B# and [red]#C# in the figure below. Each of these " +"tabs will now be explained for data entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/AddDive1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:209 +msgid "" +"When one edits a field in Dive notes or Equipment panels, _Subsurface_ " +"enters *Editing Mode*, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top " +"of the _Dive Notes_ panel (see the image below). This message is displayed " +"in all the panels under Dive notes and Equipment when in *Editing Mode*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:210 user-manual.txt:787 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:217 +msgid "" +"The _Save_ button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have " +"been entered. When entering dives by hand, the _Info_, _Equipment_ and " +"_Profile_ tabs should be completed before saving the information. By " +"selecting the _Save_ button, a local copy of the information for this " +"specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program " +"will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on " +"disk or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:218 user-manual.txt:673 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dive Notes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:224 +msgid "" +"This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular " +"dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some " +"descriptive information. If one clicks on the *Dive Notes* tab, the " +"following fields are visible:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/AddDive2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:234 +msgid "" +"The *Time* field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the " +"date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct date. " +"Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes) " +"can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and " +"by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the present " +"date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Air and water temperatures*: the air and water temperatures during the\n" +"dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time.\n" +"Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by\n" +"_Subsurface_. Only the numerical value must be\n" +"typed by the user (the units selected in the 'Preferences'\n" +"will determine whether metric or imperial units are used).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Location*: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. \"Tihany, Lake\n" +"Balaton,\n" +"Hungary\". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one\n" +"frequently dives at the same sites.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:249 user-manual.txt:710 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Coordinates*: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered\n" +"here. These can come from three sources:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:256 +msgid "" +"One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part " +"of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating \"No " +"location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location\". " +"Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar disappears and " +"the coordinates are stored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:261 +msgid "" +"The coordinates can be obtained from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if the " +"user has an Android device with GPS and if the coordinates of the dive site " +"were stored using that device. xref:S_Companion[Click here for more " +"information]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:264 user-manual.txt:725 +msgid "" +"The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four " +"formats with latitude followed by longitude:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:269 user-manual.txt:730 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9\"N 30°49'1.5\"E\n" +"\tDegrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'\n" +"\tDegrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8\" , E30° 49' 1.5\"\n" +"\tDecimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:273 +msgid "" +"Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a " +"negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with " +"a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:279 user-manual.txt:740 +msgid "" +"Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location " +"name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location " +"description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all " +"of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates " +"the same)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:284 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be\n" +"entered here.\n" +"Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in\n" +"the current logbook.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Buddy*: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies\n" +"(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion\n" +"is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:293 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Suit*: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here.\n" +"As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available.\n" +"Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of\n" +"suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:296 user-manual.txt:758 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Rating*: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a\n" +"5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:300 user-manual.txt:762 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Visibility*: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the\n" +"dive on a\n" +"5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:306 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may\n" +"be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift,\n" +"training, cave etc. _Subsurface_ has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered.\n" +"For instance, if +cav+ was typed, then the tags *cave* and *cavern* are\n" +"shown for the user to choose from.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Notes*: Any additional information can be typed here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:313 user-manual.txt:778 +msgid "" +"The *Save* and *Cancel* buttons are used to save all the information for " +"tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there's no need to " +"use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a " +"completed Dive Notes panel:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:314 user-manual.txt:779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:316 user-manual.txt:781 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Equipment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:323 +msgid "" +"The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of " +"cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a " +"highly interactive part of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and " +"gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-" +"hand panel)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:327 user-manual.txt:796 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks\n" +"like this:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:336 +msgid "" +"The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this " +"dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information " +"for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder " +"if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive, " +"even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted " +"until another cylinder is created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:341 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To " +"select a cylinder, click in the *Type* box. This brings up a button that " +"can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:350 +msgid "" +"The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive " +"or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options " +"for the entered characters. The *Size* of the cylinder as well as its " +"working pressure (*WorkPress*) will automatically be shown in the dialogue. " +"If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and " +"description of that cylinder into the *Type* field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:355 +msgid "" +"Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used " +"during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the " +"setting in the _Preferences_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:366 +msgid "" +"Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the *O2%* field. If air was used, a " +"value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If " +"nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must " +"be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing " +"the information for the cylinder, press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click " +"outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional " +"cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right hand. " +"Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made using two " +"cylinders (air and EAN50):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:367 user-manual.txt:834 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Weights*: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered\n" +"using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user\n" +"clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks\n" +"like this:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:374 user-manual.txt:842 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:378 +msgid "" +"If one then clicks on the *Type* field, a drop-down list becomes accessible " +"through a down-arrow:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:379 user-manual.txt:847 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:393 +msgid "" +"The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or " +"the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for " +"the entered characters. In the *Weight* field, the weight used during the " +"dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the " +"user must either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside the cell " +"that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than " +"one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the " +"top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the " +"left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of " +"weights: integrated and a weight belt:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:394 user-manual.txt:863 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:398 +msgid "" +"There's NO need to click the _Save_ button before the dive profile has been " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:400 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating a Dive Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:407 +msgid "" +"The *Dive Profile* (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a " +"function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the " +"_Subsurface_ window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, " +"_Subsurface_ presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to " +"best represent the dive being described:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:408 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:426 +msgid "" +"_Modifying the dive profile_: When the cursor is moved around the dive " +"profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as " +"shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at " +"the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) " +"on the axes are determined by the *Preference* settings. The dive profile " +"itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots " +"on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the " +"dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints " +"downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line " +"segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint, " +"right-click on it and choose \"Remove this point\" from the context menu. " +"The user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration " +"for the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 " +"min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:427 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:439 +msgid "" +"_Specifying the gas composition:_ The gas composition used is clearly " +"indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the " +"first gas mixture specified in the *Equipment* tab, which was air in the " +"case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the " +"dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular " +"waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing " +"the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment _to the left_ of " +"that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the *Equipment* tab " +"appear in the context menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:440 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:445 +msgid "" +"Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air " +"to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder " +"in the *Equipment* tab contained air and the second cylinder contained EAN50." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:446 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:448 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Saving the hand-entered dive information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:459 +msgid "" +"The information entered in the *Dive Notes* tab, the *Equipment* tab as well " +"as the *Dive Profile* can now be saved in the user's logbook by using the " +"two buttons on the top right hand of the Dive Notes tab. If the _Save_ " +"button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the " +"_Cancel_ button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When " +"exiting _Subsurface_, the user will be prompted once more to save the " +"logbook with the new dive(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting and importing data from a dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:474 +msgid "" +"The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of " +"information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, " +"rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. _Subsurface_ can " +"capture this information and present it as part of the dive information, " +"using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list " +"of supported dive computers can be found at: link:http://subsurface-divelog." +"org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[ Supported dive computers]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:475 user-manual.txt:2574 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/warning2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:486 +msgid "" +"Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their PC-" +"Communication mode. **This could drain the dive computer's battery**. We " +"therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged " +"when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and " +"Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users " +"should refer to the dive computer's manual if they are unsure whether the " +"dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:502 +msgid "" +"To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with " +"_Subsurface_, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate " +"with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or " +"mount point) of the computer with _Subsurface_ that communicates with the " +"dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the " +"appropriate information to instruct _Subsurface_ where and how to import the " +"dive information. xref:" +"_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix " +"A] provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for " +"different operating systems and xref:" +"_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix " +"B] has dive computer specific information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:505 +msgid "" +"After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user's PC, which can " +"be achieved by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:507 +msgid "" +"The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:508 +msgid "or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:510 +msgid "The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:511 +msgid "(Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:515 +msgid "" +"In _Subsurface_, from the Main Menu, the user must select _Import -> Import " +"From Dive Computer_. Dialogue *A* in the figure below appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/ImportFromDC1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:527 +msgid "" +"Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even " +"though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that " +"reason _Subsurface_ only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. " +"This makes the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves " +"battery power of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while " +"connected via USB). If, for some reason, the user wishes to import ALL " +"dives from the dive computer, even though some may already be in the " +"logbook, then check the check box labelled _Force download of all dives_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:534 +msgid "" +"The dialogue has two drop-down lists, *Vendor* and *Dive Computer*. On the " +"*vendor* drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, " +"Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the *Dive Computer* drop-down list, the model " +"name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 " +"(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:545 +msgid "" +"The *Device or Mount Point* drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth " +"port name that _Subsurface_ needs in order to communicate with the dive " +"computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult xref:" +"_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix " +"A] and xref:" +"_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix " +"B] for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for " +"a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct " +"settings to the operating system of the computer on which _Subsurface_ is " +"running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:555 +msgid "" +"If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the " +"checkbox _Force download of all dives_. Normally, _Subsurface_ only " +"downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the *Dive List* " +"panel. If one or more of your dives in _Subsurface_ have been accidentally " +"deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from " +"the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers " +"(e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to _Subsurface_ before the " +"download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive " +"computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:561 +msgid "" +"If the checkbox _Always prefer downloaded dives_ has been checked and, " +"during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer " +"and on the _Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel, the record in the _Subsurface_ " +"divelog will be overwritten by the record from the dive computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:565 +msgid "" +"Do *not* check the checkboxes labelled _Save libdivecomputer logfile_ and " +"_Save libdivecomputer dumpfile_. These are only used as diagnostic tools " +"when problems with downloads are experienced (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:568 +msgid "" +"The _OK_ button must then be clicked. Dialogue *B* in the figure above " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:583 +msgid "" +"With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from " +"the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number " +"of recorded dives, this could take some time. The user should be patient. " +"The _Download_ dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue " +"(for some dive computers the progress information could be inaccurate as we " +"cannot determine how much downloadable data there is until all data have " +"been downloaded). When the download of the dive information is complete, all " +"the imported dives appear in the *Dive List*, sorted by date and time. " +"Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery power. " +"If a particular dive is selected, the *Dive Profile* panel shows an " +"informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular dive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:588 +msgid "" +"If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error " +"message will be shown, similar to this text: \"Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 " +"Mares (Puck Pro)\". Refer to the text in the box below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:592 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:592 user-manual.txt:1094 user-manual.txt:1161 +#: user-manual.txt:1330 user-manual.txt:1406 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/important.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:595 +msgid "Check the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:598 +msgid "Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:601 +msgid "" +"Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery " +"must be charged or replaced." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:605 +msgid "" +"Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other " +"software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being " +"used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:610 +msgid "" +"Consult xref:" +"_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix " +"A] and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:614 +msgid "" +"On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the " +"USB port? If not, consult xref:" +"_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix " +"A]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:622 +msgid "" +"If the _Subsurface_ computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing " +"an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a " +"possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the " +"most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and " +"_Subsurface_ computer. It is also possible that the _Subsurface_ computer " +"cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with " +"the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tSave libdivecomputer logfile\n" +"\tSave libdivecomputer dumpfile\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Important*: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered\n" +"during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.\n" +"When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to\n" +"save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the _Subsurface_\n" +"dive log is kept.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:635 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Important:* _After downloading with the above checkboxes\n" +"checked, no dives are added to the\n" +"*Dive List* but two files are created in the folder selected above_:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:638 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tsubsurface.log\n" +"\tsubsurface.bin\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:644 +msgid "" +"These files should be send to the _Subsurface_ mail list: " +"_subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_ with a request for the files to be " +"analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual " +"information about the dives recorded on the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:647 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Changing the name of a dive computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:663 +msgid "" +"It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to " +"upload dive logs to _Subsurface_. For instance if one's partner's dive " +"computer is the same make and model as one's own and dive logs are uploaded " +"from both dive computers to the same _Subsurface_ computer, then one would " +"perhaps like to call one dc \"Alice's Suunto D4\" and the other one \"Bob's " +"Suunto D4\". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more " +"dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. " +"In this case it might be prudent to call one of them \"Suunto D4 (1)\" and " +"another one \"Suunto D4 (2)\". This is easily done in _Subsurface_. On the " +"*Main Menu*, select _Log -> Edit device names_. A dialog opens, indicating " +"the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. " +"Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the " +"Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular device instead " +"of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:665 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:672 +msgid "" +"The information from the dive computer is not complete and more details must " +"be added in order to have a fuller record of the dives. To do this, the " +"*Dive Notes* and the *Equipment* tabs on the top left hand of the " +"_Subsurface_ window should be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:682 +msgid "" +"The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature is " +"shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add " +"additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive " +"record. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited in any way, the " +"message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is " +"being edited. If one clicks on the *Dive Notes* tab, the following fields " +"are visible:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:683 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/AddDive3_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:691 +msgid "" +"The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the " +"date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct date. " +"Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes) can " +"also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by " +"overtyping the information displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:702 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown\n" +"in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water\n" +"temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer.\n" +"If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading\n" +"might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as\n" +"the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.\n" +"If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be\n" +"automatically supplied by\n" +"_Subsurface_ (according to the _Preferences_, metric or imperial units will\n" +"be used).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:707 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Location*: In this field one should type in text that describes the site\n" +"where the dive was performed, e.g. \"Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary\".\n" +"Auto completion of location names will\n" +"make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:717 +msgid "" +"The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand " +"part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating " +"\"Move the map and double-click to set the dive location\". Double-click at " +"the appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are " +"stored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:722 +msgid "" +"The user can obtain the coordinates from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if " +"an Android device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the dive site " +"were stored using that device. xref:S_Companion[Click here for more " +"information]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:734 +msgid "" +"Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a " +"negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with " +"a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:745 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be\n" +"entered in this field\n" +"which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in\n" +"the current logbook.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:750 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Buddy*: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies\n" +"(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the\n" +"dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is\n" +"offered.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:755 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Suit*: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered.\n" +"Auto completion of the suit description is available.\n" +"Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of\n" +"suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:771 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered\n" +"here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,\n" +"cave, etc.\n" +"_Subsurface_ has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the\n" +"program\n" +"will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user\n" +"typed\n" +"+cav+, then the tags *cave* and *cavern* are shown for the user to choose from.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:773 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Notes*: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:786 +msgid "" +"The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder " +"and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue " +"box at the top of the panel:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:793 +msgid "" +"indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part " +"of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) " +"determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:797 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:805 +msgid "" +"In most cases _Subsurface_ obtains the gas used from the dive computer and " +"automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The + " +"button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this dive. " +"The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information for a " +"cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used " +"during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even " +"without a gas change event." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:810 +msgid "" +"The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of " +"the table. To select a cylinder, the *cylinder type* box should be clicked. " +"This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of " +"cylinders:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:811 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:818 +msgid "" +"The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was " +"used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the " +"available options for the entered characters. The *Size* of the cylinder as " +"well as its working pressure (*WorkPress*) will automatically be shown in " +"the dialogue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:822 +msgid "" +"Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the " +"specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) " +"corresponds to the settings chosen in the _Preferences_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:833 +msgid "" +"Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can " +"be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, " +"their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any " +"inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for " +"the cylinder, either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside the cell " +"that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be " +"added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example " +"of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:841 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Weights*: Information about the weight system used can be entered\n" +"using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one\n" +"clicks\n" +"the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like\n" +"this:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:846 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Type* field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through " +"a down-arrow:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:862 +msgid "" +"The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used " +"during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the " +"available options for the entered characters. In the *Weight* field, type " +"in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight " +"system, the user can either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside " +"the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than " +"one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the " +"top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the " +"left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of " +"weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:865 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing several selected dives simultaneously" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:880 +msgid "" +"_METHOD 1_: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of " +"the uploaded dives are shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well as a few " +"items of information in the *Dive Notes* tab (e.g. water temperature) and in " +"the *Equipment* tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the " +"other fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of " +"the fields in the *Dive Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. For instance, it is " +"possible that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using " +"identical equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive " +"master and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each " +"of these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the " +"*Dive List* and insert the same information in the *Dive Notes* and " +"*Equipment* fields that need identical information. This is achieved by " +"editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:890 +msgid "" +"The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain " +"information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a " +"particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while " +"editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several " +"dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains _exactly " +"the same information_ for all the dives that have been selected, the new, " +"edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only " +"the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in " +"the *Dive List*. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after " +"several similar dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:899 +msgid "" +"_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a " +"dive with all the appropriate information typed into the *Dive Notes* and " +"*Equipment* tabs. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Copy dive " +"components_. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of " +"the fields in the *Dive Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. Select the fields to " +"be copied from the currently selected dive, then select _OK_. Now, in the " +"*Dive List*, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. " +"Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Paste dive components_. All the " +"selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original " +"source dive log." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:900 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding Bookmarks to a dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:905 +msgid "" +"Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular " +"events during the dive, e.g. \"Saw dolphins\", or \"Released surface buoy\". " +"This is easily done:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:909 +msgid "" +"Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up " +"the dive profile context menu. Select _Add bookmark_. A red flag is placed " +"on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see *A* below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:911 +msgid "" +"Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see *B* " +"below). Select _Edit name_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:914 +msgid "" +"A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see *C* " +"below). Select _OK_. This saves the text associated with the bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:917 +msgid "" +"If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is " +"shown at the bottom of the information box (see *D* below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:918 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Bookmarks.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:921 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Saving the updated dive information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:933 +msgid "" +"The information entered in the *Dive Notes* tab and the *Equipment* tab can " +"be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the *Dive Notes* " +"tab. If the _Save_ button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the " +"_Cancel_ button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted, " +"although the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be retained. " +"When the user exits _Subsurface_ there is a final prompt to confirm that the " +"new data should be saved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:934 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:960 +msgid "" +"If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives " +"were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need " +"retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into _Subsurface_. " +"_Subsurface_ will import dive logs from a range of other dive log software. " +"While some software is supported natively, for others the user has to export " +"the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then be imported " +"by _Subsurface_. Currently, _Subsurface_ supports importing CSV log files " +"from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are " +"preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their " +"own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet) can also be " +"imported by configuring the CSV import. _Subsurface_ can also import UDDF " +"and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive computers, like " +"the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog software like Mares " +"Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the logbooks first into a " +"webservice like _divelogs.de_ and then import them from there with " +"_Subsurface_, as divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that " +"_Subsurface_ currently cannot parse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:969 +msgid "" +"If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it " +"should be sufficient to select either _Import->Import log files_ or _File-" +">Open log file_. _Subsurface_ supports the data formats of many dive " +"computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, " +"_Subsurface_ tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges " +"the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or " +"other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be " +"significantly different) _Subsurface_ will not create duplicate entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:970 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the universal import dialogue" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:976 +msgid "" +"Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal " +"interface that is activated by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then " +"clicking on _Import Log Files_. This brings up the dialogue *A* below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:977 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Import1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:982 +msgid "" +"Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of " +"_Dive Log Files_ which gives access to the different types of direct imports " +"available, as in dialogue *B*, above. Currently these are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:984 +msgid "" +"XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log " +"systems)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:985 +msgid "UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:986 +msgid "UDCF-formatted dive logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:987 +msgid "Poseidon MkVI CCR logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:988 +msgid "JDiveLog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:989 +msgid "Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:990 +msgid "" +"CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:994 +msgid "" +"Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the " +"imported dive log in the _Subsurface_ *Dive List*. Some other formats, not " +"accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:995 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dive logs from closed circuit rebreather (CCR) systems" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:997 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/APD.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1002 +msgid "" +"Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that " +"has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen " +"concentration:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1003 +msgid "remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1012 +msgid "" +"regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. " +"Currently, within _Subsurface_, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best " +"supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently " +"experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional " +"open circuit dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the " +"download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored " +"independently. This means that _Subsurface_ cannot download a dive log " +"directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the " +"same way that it imports dive log data from other databases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1013 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Import a CCR dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1025 +msgid "" +"See the section dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive " +"information from other digital sources]. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, " +"select _Import->Import log files_ to bring up the xref:" +"Unified_import[universal import dialogue]. As explained in the previous " +"section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown " +"list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for MkVI " +"files. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where " +"the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, one can " +"select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with " +"a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, activate the " +"_Open_ button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1026 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Displayed information for a dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1037 +msgid "" +"_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the " +"information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In the case of the " +"Poseidon MKVI, the mean value of the two oxygen sensors are shown. In the " +"case of the APD equipment, the mean of the three oxygen sensors are shown. " +"If one sensor shows a very different oxygen PO2 reading compared to the " +"others, the divergent sensor is ignored. For CCR dives the graph for oxygen " +"partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings " +"during the dive. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) " +"are shown in the usual way as for other dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1042 +msgid "" +"_Cylinder pressures_: CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the " +"pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressure of the oxygen " +"cylinder is shown on the dive profile. In addition, start and end pressures " +"for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the _Equipment Tab_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1046 +msgid "" +"_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by " +"_Subsurface_ is shown in the _Extra data_ tab. This may include setup " +"information or metadata about the dive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1048 +msgid "" +"More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs can be " +"found in xref:S_PoseidonMkVI[Appendix B]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1049 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1056 +msgid "" +"Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with multi-" +"platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported into " +"_Subsurface_. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step " +"process, using _www.divelogs.de_ as a mechanism to extract the dive log " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1061 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the user's\n" +"desktop, using\n" +" a _.sdf_ file name extension. Refer to xref:Mares_Export[Appendix C] for more\n" +"information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1067 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. One needs to create a user\n" +"account in\n" +"_www.divelogs.de_, log into that web site, then\n" +"select _Import Logbook -> Dive Organiser_ from the menu on the left hand side.\n" +"The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information\n" +"(in _.sdf_ format) from the Dive Organiser database to _www.divelogs.de_.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1069 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Finally, import the dives\n" +"from _divelogs.de_ to _Subsurface_, using the instructions below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1072 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dives from *divelogs.de*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1085 +msgid "" +"The import of dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single " +"dialogue box. The _Import->Import form Divelogs.de_ option should be " +"selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on " +"left [*A*] below). Enter a user-ID and password for _divelogs.de_ into the " +"appropriate fields and then select the _Download_ button. Download from " +"_divelogs.de_ starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue " +"box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure " +"on the right [*B*], below). The _Apply_ button should then be selected, " +"after which the imported dives appear in the _Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1086 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Divelogs1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1089 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing data in CSV format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1093 +msgid "" +"A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either " +"as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed " +"circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data " +"in a spreadsheet). For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see xref:" +"S_CSV_Intro[A Diver's Introduction To CSV Files]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1103 +msgid "" +"The CSV import has a couple of caveats. You should avoid some special " +"characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double " +"quotes (\"), the latter if quoting text cells. The file should use UTF-8 " +"character set, if having non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the CSV file " +"might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (without dive profile) " +"has worked previously, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser " +"used. When having problems with CSV imports, try first with a smaller sample " +"to make sure everything works." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1112 +msgid "" +"CSV files are normally organised into a single line that provides the " +"headers (or _field names_) of the data columns, followed by the data, one " +"record per line. CSV files can be opened with a normal text editor. For " +"information of how to export a spreadsheet in CSV format see xref:" +"S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1114 +msgid "Before being able to import the data to _Subsurface_ one needs to know:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1123 +msgid "" +"Which character separates the different columns within a single line of " +"data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character. " +"This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is " +"comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly " +"visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, " +"the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator, " +"as in the above example)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1127 +msgid "" +"Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? The Dive Time and " +"Depth columns are always required. Open the file using a text editor and " +"note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1129 +msgid "" +"Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1136 +msgid "" +"Armed with this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is " +"straightforward. Select _Import->Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In " +"the resulting file selection menu, select _CSV files_, after which a common " +"configuration dialog appears for all the files with a CSV extension:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Import_CSV1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1143 +msgid "" +"There are pre-configured definitions for some dive computers, e.g. the APD " +"rebreathers. If the user's dive computer is on this list, it should be " +"selected using the dropdown box labeled _Pre-configured imports_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1150 +msgid "" +"If the dive computer is not on the pre-configured list, the user must select " +"the _Field Separator_ (TAB or comma) for the particular CSV file, using the " +"appropriate dropdown list. For each data column used for import, the user " +"must check the appropriate check box and indicate in which column these data " +"are found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1153 +msgid "" +"Finally _OK_ should be clicked and the dive(s) are imported and listed in " +"the *Dive List* tab of _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dives from a manually kept CSV file or a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*A Diver's Introduction To CSV Files*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1175 +msgid "" +"CSV is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated Variables_. " +"It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the information using a " +"text editor such as Notebook (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/" +"X). The two main advantages of the CSV format is that the data are easily " +"editable as text without any proprietary software and ensuring all " +"information is human-readable, not being obscured by the any custom or " +"proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files. Because " +"of its simplicity the CSV format is used as an interchange format between " +"many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, " +"database and diving software. Within _Subsurface_, CSV files can also be " +"used to import information from other sources such as spreadsheet-based dive " +"logs and even from some dive computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1184 +msgid "" +"CSV files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most " +"important attribute of a CSV file is the _field separator_, the character " +"used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is " +"frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When " +"exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be " +"specified in order to create the CSV file. CSV files are normally organised " +"into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_) of the data " +"columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field " +"name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance _Dive " +"site_, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives using a " +"comma as a field separator:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tDive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy\n" +"\tIllovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith\n" +"\tKey Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald\n" +"\tWismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht\n" +"\tPulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1192 +msgid "" +"In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same " +"information in TAB-delimited format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tDive site\tDive date\tTime\tDive_duration\tDive_depth\tDive buddy\n" +"\tIllovo Beach\t2012-11-23\t10:45\t46:15\t18.4\tJohn Smith\n" +"\tKey Largo\t2012-11-24\t09:12\t34:15\t20.4\tJason McDonald\n" +"\tWismar Baltic\t2012-12-01\t10:13\t35:27\t15.4\tDieter Albrecht\n" +"\tPulau Weh\t2012-12-20\t09:46\t55:56\t38.6\tKaraeng Bontonompo\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1206 +msgid "" +"It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-" +"delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB " +"characters. For instance, the space between _Dive_ and _date_ in the top " +"line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE " +"character: the tabs are before and after _Dive date_). If the field names in " +"the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot " +"be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited " +"example of a CSV dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive " +"computer:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tDive Time (s)\tDepth (m)\tpO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) \tpO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar)\tAmbient temp. (Celsius)\n" +"\t0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1\n" +"\t0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1\n" +"\t0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1\n" +"\t0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2\n" +"\t0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1\n" +"\t10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7\n" +"\t20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6\n" +"\t30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6\n" +"\t40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1219 +msgid "" +"CSV files can therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a " +"_Subsurface_ dive log." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1222 +msgid "" +"An important aspect of the CSV format required by _Subsurface_ is the " +"_Column Mapping_. In the example from different dive sites above, each line " +"of data is organised as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1229 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tColumn 1:\tDive site (location)\n" +"\tColumn 2:\tDive date\n" +"\tColumn 3:\tDive time\n" +"\tColumn 4:\tDive duration\n" +"\tColumn 5:\tMaximum dive depth (m)\n" +"\tColumn 6:\tName of dive buddy\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1232 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ requires the column number of each of these data items. For " +"these data the column specification may look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/CSV_column_definition.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:1237 +msgid "" +"Knowledge of a few basic things about he content of the CSV file allows a " +"smooth import of the dives into _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1247 +msgid "" +"If one keeps dive logs in a spreadsheet, there is an option to import those " +"dives, exported as a CSV file. See xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a " +"spreadsheet to CSV format] for information of how to export a spreadsheet in " +"CSV format. When importing manually kept log files into _Subsurface_, the " +"information needed is quite different from that accessible using a dive " +"computer, as we are importing only summary data, not depth profile samples." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1250 +msgid "" +"When importing dives in CSV format (see above), one needs to know the " +"internal format of the CSV data to import." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1257 +msgid "" +"Which character separates the different columns within a single line of " +"data? A recommended field separator for the export is TAB, as commas might " +"be part of the decimal data values themselves. Therefore the use of an " +"appropriate field separator is very important. When exporting data from a " +"spreadsheet it is likely to request the user to supply an appropriate field " +"separator character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1263 +msgid "" +"Which columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Currently there are not " +"any mandatory input fields, but some, e.g. dive duration are crucial for the " +"log file to make any sense. Possible options can be seen in the image below " +"and one should include as many as possible of the fields available in the " +"original log file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1269 +msgid "" +"Units used for depth, weight and temperature. We consider depth to be either " +"feet or meters, weight kilograms or pounds and temperature either Celsius or " +"Fahrenheit. However, the users can select _Metric_ or _Imperial_ in the " +"*Preferences* tab of _Subsurface_. No mixture of unit systems is allowed for " +"the different fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1273 +msgid "" +"Importing manually kept CSV log files is quite straight forward, but there " +"might be many fields and counting the field numbers is error prone. " +"Therefore validation of the data to be imported is critical." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1278 +msgid "" +"To import the dives, select _Import->Import Log Files_ from the menu bar. If " +"the CSV option in the dropdown list is selected and the file list includes " +"file names ending with .CSV, one can select the _Manual dives_ tab that will " +"bring up the following configuration dialog:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Import_CSV2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1288 +msgid "" +"Check the check boxes corresponding to the data in the original import " +"file. For each of the checked data items, a corresponding column number " +"needs to be entered. For instance in the image above, the name of the dive " +"site (i.e. location) is located as the 11th item (or column) on each line " +"of the CSV import file. The input fields can be configured as appropriate, " +"and when everything is done the _OK_ button should be selected to perform " +"the import. New dives should appear in the *Dive List* area of _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile phones" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1299 +msgid "" +"Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an Android device with a GPS, the " +"coordinates for the diving location can be automatically passed to the " +"_Subsurface_ dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on a " +"dedicated Internet-based file server. _Subsurface_, in turn, can collect the " +"localities from the file server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1301 +msgid "To do this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Create a Companion App account" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1307 +msgid "" +"Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web " +"page_]. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID* " +"will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and " +"Companion App capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1312 +msgid "" +"Download the app from https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org." +"subsurface[Google Play Store] or from http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?" +"fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface[F-Droid]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Subsurface companion app on a smartphone" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1316 +msgid "On first use the app has three options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1322 +msgid "" +"_Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in _Subsurface_ companion " +"page using an Internet browser. One can request a *DIVERID* using this " +"option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with " +"the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web page_] in order " +"to activate the account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1325 +msgid "" +"_Retrieve an account._ If users forgot their *DIVERID* they will receive an " +"email to recover the number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1329 +msgid "" +"_Use an existing account._ Users are prompted for their *DIVERID*. The app " +"saves this *DIVERID* and does not ask for it again unless one uses the " +"_Disconnect_ menu option (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1337 +msgid "" +"In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on " +"the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting _File->Preferences-" +">Defaults_ from the main menu in _Subsurface_ itself. This facilitates " +"synchronisation between _Subsurface_ and the Companion App." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1338 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating new dive locations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1343 +msgid "" +"Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The " +"Android display will look like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without " +"any dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1346 +msgid "" +"Touch the \"+\" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be " +"showed with 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1349 +msgid "" +"Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it " +"is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1358 +msgid "" +"Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world " +"map. A world map is shown (see *B* below) on which one should indicate the " +"desired position with a _long press_ on the touch sensitive screen (if the " +"marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select " +"the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the " +"name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see *C* below). In " +"order to import this dive location in _Subsurface_ it's advisable to set the " +"time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1359 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Companion_5.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1367 +msgid "" +"Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and " +"located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the " +"stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations, " +"then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be " +"sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1368 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dive lists of dive locations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1376 +msgid "" +"The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and " +"time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the " +"selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the server. " +"One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location " +"has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (such as " +"_Delete_ or _Send_) are performed on several locations that are selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1384 +msgid "" +"Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations " +"or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is " +"changed by selecting _Dives_ at the top left of the screen (see *A* below) " +"and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either " +"from the list of locations or from the map (see *B* below). If one selects a " +"location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see *C* below) " +"where the dive description or other details may be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1385 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Companion_4.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1391 +msgid "" +"When one clicks on a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the name given to " +"it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top " +"of the screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1393 +msgid "" +"Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1395 +msgid "Maps: Display a map showing the dive location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1398 +msgid "" +"After editing and saving a dive location (see *C* above), one needs to " +"upload it to the web service, as explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1399 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Uploading dive locations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1405 +msgid "" +"There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by " +"simply selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right " +"arrow at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1410 +msgid "" +"Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it " +"should; it deletes the selected dive location(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1411 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Companion_1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1416 +msgid "" +"After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to " +"be downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1418 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings on the Companion app" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1421 +msgid "" +"Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above " +"(*B*)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1422 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server and account" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1425 +msgid "_Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1429 +msgid "" +"_User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The " +"easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation " +"email but, of course, users can also type this information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1430 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Synchronisation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1434 +msgid "" +"_Synchronize on startup._ If selected, dive locations in the Android device " +"and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1437 +msgid "" +"_Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it " +"is automatically sent to the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Background service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1441 +msgid "" +"Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service " +"running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous " +"collection of GPS locations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1444 +msgid "The settings below define the behaviour of the service:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1447 +msgid "" +"_Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X " +"minutes until stopped by the user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1449 +msgid "_Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1451 +msgid "_Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1452 user-manual.txt:1528 user-manual.txt:1703 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/info.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1462 +msgid "" +"_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and " +"50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location " +"at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* " +"every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations " +"are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is " +"not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the " +"user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every " +"50 meters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1463 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1467 +msgid "" +"_Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to " +"the Subsurface mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1469 +msgid "_Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1471 +msgid "_Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1472 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1475 +msgid "Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1476 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start service" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1479 +msgid "" +"Initiates the _background service_ following the previously defined settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1488 +msgid "" +"This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by " +"resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account " +"can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own " +"ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user's Android device was used to " +"download the dive locations of another registered diver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ===== +#: user-manual.txt:1489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Send all locations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1492 +msgid "" +"This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1503 +msgid "" +"Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into " +"_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The " +"download dialog can be reached via _Ctrl+G_ or from the _Subsurface_ Main " +"Menu _Import -> Import GPS data from Subsurface Service_, resulting in the " +"image on the left (*A*), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. " +"Provide a DIVERID, then select the _Download_ button to initiate the " +"download process, after which the screen on the right (*B*) below appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1504 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DownloadGPS.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1512 +msgid "" +"Note that the _Apply_ button is now active. By clicking on it, users can " +"update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_ " +"which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new " +"dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has " +"entered the name of the dive location in _Subsurface_ before downloading the " +"GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1519 +msgid "" +"Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive " +"information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic " +"assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time " +"information between these two devices. Although _Subsurface_ has a wide " +"range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there " +"is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the " +"Android device, resulting in no updates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1527 +msgid "" +"Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons " +"for this (e.g. time zones), or _Subsurface_ may be unable to decide which is " +"the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running " +"_background service_ there may be several locations that would be included " +"in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more " +"subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit " +"the date-time of a dive in the _Subsurface_ Dive List *before* downloading " +"the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again *after* downloading " +"GPS data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1531 +msgid "TIPS:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1538 +msgid "" +"_Background service_, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list " +"with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point " +"but reflecting the boat's route. Currently these locations are difficult to " +"delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean " +"up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web " +"server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be " +"necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see " +"dives in the web service map display (see above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1542 +msgid "" +"It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to " +"the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the _Name " +"Template_ setting while running the _background service_, especially on a " +"dive trip with many dives and dive locations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1544 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding photographs to dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1550 +msgid "" +"Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs " +"during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific " +"dive. _Subsurface_ allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are " +"superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1551 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1555 +msgid "" +"Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-" +"click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option _Load Images_:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1556 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1560 +msgid "" +"The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need " +"to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1561 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1570 +msgid "" +"This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The " +"critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the " +"dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same dive. " +"These two devices often differ by several minutes. If _Subsurface_ can " +"achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to " +"position photographs on the dive profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1572 +msgid "_Subsurface_ achieves this synchronisation in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1584 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Manually*: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the\n" +"difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device\n" +"settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of\n" +"both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time\n" +"difference in the _Time shift_ dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool\n" +"immediately under the heading _Shift times of image(s) by_, evident in figure *A* below.\n" +"If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting\n" +"tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the _earlier_ or _later_ radio button.\n" +"In the above example, the _earlier_ option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted\n" +"7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any \"AM\" or \"PM\" suffix\n" +"in that tool. Click the _OK_ button and synchronisation is achieved.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1585 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1603 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*By photograph*: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a\n" +"photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then _Subsurface_ can obtain\n" +"the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within\n" +"each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses\n" +"the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on\n" +"the horizontal bar entitled \"_Select image of divecomputer showing time_. This brings up\n" +"a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the\n" +"photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer\n" +"appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly\n" +"when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo\n" +"so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the\n" +"date-time tool has been set, _Subsurface_ knows exactly what the time difference between\n" +"camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a\n" +"photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the\n" +"date-time on image *B* above.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1606 +msgid "" +"If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not " +"placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30 " +"minutes of the dive, it is shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Viewing the photos" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1611 +msgid "" +"In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the _show-photos_ " +"button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1612 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1615 +msgid "After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1617 +msgid "the _Photos_ tab of the *Dive Notes* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1619 +msgid "" +"as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions " +"reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1620 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1624 +msgid "" +"If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail " +"photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1625 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1634 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the " +"_Subsurface_ window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have " +"been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small " +"dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one " +"selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care " +"is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using " +"the _Photos_ tab (see text below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1635 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1637 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The _Photos_ tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1648 +msgid "" +"Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_ " +"tab of the _Dive Notes_ panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a " +"dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily " +"be accessed in the _Photos_ tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually " +"accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an " +"indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a " +"thumbnail in the _Photos_ panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a " +"thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the _Subsurface_ " +"window. A photo can be deleted from the _Photos_ panel by selecting it " +"(single-click) and then by pressing the _Del_ key on the keyboard. This " +"removes the photo both from the _Photos_ tab as well as the dive profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1649 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Photos on an external hard disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1660 +msgid "" +"Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If " +"such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be " +"directly accessed by _Subsurface_. This facilitates the interaction between " +"_Subsurface_ and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive " +"profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of " +"selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the " +"external drive has been disconnected, _Subsurface_ cannot access these " +"photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox " +"to the left of the _Dive Profile_), the program only shows a small white dot " +"where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the _Photos_ " +"tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If, " +"later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can " +"be seen in the normal way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1662 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Logging special types of dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:1664 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sidemount dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1668 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. " +"Sidemount dive logging involves three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1677 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*During the dive, recording cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two\n" +"cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, _Subsurface_ distinguishes among these different\n" +"cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different\n" +"_gases_ used, not among different _cylinders_ used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded\n" +"from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean\n" +"that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer\n" +"has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning\n" +"from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1680 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver needs to provide the\n" +"specifications of the different cylinders, using the *Equipment* tab of the *Dive Info Panel* (see\n" +"image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1690 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the dive log has been imported\n" +"from a dive computer into _Subsurface_, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.\n" +"Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then\n" +"selecting _Add gas change_. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the\n" +"currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2\n" +"to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive\n" +"profile with a cylinder symbol. If the *Tank Bar* is activated using the toolbar to the left of the\n" +"profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all\n" +"the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures\n" +"for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as inthe image below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1691 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/sidemount1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:1693 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1695 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *Dive Info* tab (for individual dives)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1702 +msgid "" +"The Dive Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive " +"that has been selected in the *Dive List*. Useful information here includes " +"the surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the " +"dive, the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the " +"number of oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1709 +msgid "" +"Gas consumption and SAC calculations: _Subsurface_ calculates SAC and Gas " +"consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank " +"pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to " +"xref:SAC_CALCULATION[Appendix D] for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1710 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *Extra Data* tab (usually for individual dives)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1718 +msgid "" +"When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot " +"easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the " +"information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often " +"comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly " +"times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this " +"information is presented in the *Extra Data* tab. Below is an image showing " +"extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1719 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1721 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *Stats* tab (for groups of dives)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1732 +msgid "" +"The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that " +"more than one dive has been selected in the *Dive List* using the standard " +"Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, " +"figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of " +"dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the " +"minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and " +"surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and " +"deepest dives of those selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1734 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *Dive Profile*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1736 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Profile2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1747 +msgid "" +"Of all the panels in _Subsurface_, the Dive Profile contains the most " +"detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a *button bar* on " +"the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The " +"functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive " +"Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the " +"obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates " +"compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water column. " +"This information is given using different colours:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block | +#: user-manual.txt:1754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"|*Colour*|*Descent speed (m/min)*|*Ascent speed (m/min)*\n" +"|Red|> 30|> 18\n" +"|Orange|18 - 30|9 - 18\n" +"|Yellow|9 - 18|4 - 9\n" +"|Light green|1.5 - 9|1.5 - 4\n" +"|Dark green|< 1.5|< 1.5\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1759 +msgid "" +"The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the " +"graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other " +"peaks. Mean depth is marked with a horizontal red line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1760 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/scale.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1765 +msgid "" +"In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the *Dive " +"Profile* panel. Clicking the *Scale* button in the toolbar on the left of " +"the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill " +"the area of the panel efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1768 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Water temperature* is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values\n" +"placed adjacent to significant changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1773 +msgid "" +"The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures* of O2, N2, " +"and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive " +"computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive " +"dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of " +"nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure " +"graphs are shown below the profile data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1774 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/O2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1778 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *oxygen* " +"during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature " +"graphs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1779 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/N2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1782 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *nitrogen* " +"during the dive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1783 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/He.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1787 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *helium* " +"during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, " +"Helitrox or similar breathing gasses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1800 +msgid "" +"The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during " +"the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when " +"manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight " +"line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the " +"user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when " +"using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not " +"relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air " +"consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times " +"of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when " +"the diver was using less gas than average." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1801 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/Heartbutton.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1805 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate " +"information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart " +"rate sensor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1813 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by using\n" +"the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default\n" +"_Subsurface_ always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes\n" +"and 30m\n" +" (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;\n" +"something\n" +"that free divers clearly won’t care about.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1814 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/MeasuringBar.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1816 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ruler.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1824 +msgid "" +"Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the " +"*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is " +"done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the " +"user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white " +"area underneath the two red dots." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1825 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1832 +msgid "" +"Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by " +"selecting the *Show-photo* button. The position of a photo on the profile " +"indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not " +"active, the photos are hidden." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1861 +msgid "" +"The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more " +"precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each " +"particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent " +"ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a " +"diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to " +"either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to " +"the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it " +"available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to " +"make this very useful data available to divelog software. _Subsurface_ also " +"calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive " +"profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data " +"available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the " +"calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from " +"_Subsurface_ are the same, even if the same algorithm and _gradient factors_ " +"(see below) are used. It is also quite common that _Subsurface_ calculates " +"a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-" +"deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the [green]#dark green# " +"section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by " +"the fact that _Subsurface’s_ calculations describe the deco obligation at " +"each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming " +"ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly " +"helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically " +"encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit " +"deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop " +"bottom times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1862 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/cceiling.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1867 +msgid "" +"If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to " +"_Subsurface_ during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by " +"checking *Dive computer reported ceiling* button on the Profile Panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1868 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1873 +msgid "" +"If the *Calculated ceiling* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a " +"ceiling, calculated by _Subsurface_, is shown in green if it exists for a " +"particular dive (*A* in figure below). This setting can be modified in two " +"ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1874 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1878 +msgid "" +"If, in addition, the *show all tissues* button on the Profile Panel is " +"clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the " +"Bühlmann model (*B* in figure below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1879 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1883 +msgid "" +"If, in addition, the *3m increments* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, " +"then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (*C* in figure below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1884 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Ceilings2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1886 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1892 +msgid "" +"By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be " +"represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the *Dive Profile*. In " +"general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and " +"helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a " +"trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder " +"(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light " +"blue bar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1893 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1896 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/tissues.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1908 +msgid "" +"Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure " +"(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann " +"ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster " +"tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the " +"ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure " +"limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the *Preferences*. For " +"divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of " +"offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas " +"pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a " +"representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast, " +"the xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure Graph] in the *Information Box* " +"on the *Dive Profile* is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at " +"the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive " +"profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1909 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/tissuesGraph.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1917 +msgid "" +"Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their " +"depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on " +"xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings]. The currently " +"used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if " +"the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. *N.B.:* The indicated " +"gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, " +"but those used by _Subsurface_ to calculate deco obligations during the " +"dive. For more information external to this manual see:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1919 user-manual.txt:2533 +#, no-wrap +msgid " ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1921 user-manual.txt:2535 +#, no-wrap +msgid " ** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1923 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Dive Profile context menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1941 +msgid "" +"The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while " +"the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the " +"creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point " +"changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive " +"Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the " +"time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse " +"button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve " +"a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being " +"based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change " +"events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the " +"planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an " +"open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed " +"circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a " +"menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all " +"markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by " +"selecting Unhide all events from the context menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:1942 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The *Information Box*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1952 +msgid "" +"The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the " +"dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the " +"*Dive Profile* panel. If the mouse points outside of the *Dive Profile* " +"panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-" +"hand part of figure (*A*) below). The Information Box can be moved around in " +"the *Dive Profile* panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is " +"not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information Box is " +"saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:1953 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/InfoBox2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1970 +msgid "" +"The moment the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information " +"box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect " +"the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see " +"right-hand part of figure (*B*) above where the Information Box reflects the " +"situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore, " +"moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to " +"show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the " +"Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling " +"characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the " +"dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, ascent/" +"descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, " +"maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic " +"depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements " +"at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated " +"ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue " +"compartments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1973 +msgid "" +"The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as " +"four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1974 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/MOD.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1981 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Maximum " +"Operating Depth (MOD)* of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is " +"dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% " +"oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk " +"of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1982 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/NDL.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:1991 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *No-deco " +"Limit (NDL)* or the *Total Time to Surface (TTS)*. NDL is the time duration " +"that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does " +"not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once " +"one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an " +"ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes " +"required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as " +"decompression time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:1992 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/SAC.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2001 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Surface Air " +"Consumption (SAC)*. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised " +"respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real " +"respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly " +"double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication " +"of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so " +"that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for " +"SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:2002 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/EAD.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2017 +msgid "" +"Clicking this button displays the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for nitrox " +"dives as well as the *Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix dives. " +"These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases other than " +"air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. " +"The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial " +"pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at hand. A " +"nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air dive to the " +"depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical air dive " +"that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases nitrogen " +"and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect the same " +"narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth equalling the END." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2019 +msgid "" +"Figure (*B*) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of " +"data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2021 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Gas Pressure Bar Graph" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2028 +msgid "" +"On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph indicating the " +"pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if " +"applicable) that the diver was inhaling _at a particular instant during the " +"dive_, indicated by the position of the cursor on the *Dive Profile*. The " +"drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of " +"the Gas Pressure Bar Graph." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2029 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2035 +msgid "" +"The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the " +"light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and " +"measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green area. " +"This pressure has a _relative_ value in the graph and does not indicate " +"absolute pressure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2041 +msgid "" +"The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the " +"equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually " +"nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium " +"combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas " +"pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total " +"gas pressure value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2045 +msgid "" +"The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of " +"inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann " +"algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2050 +msgid "" +"The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to " +"the depth of the diver at the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The " +"appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh " +"values specified in the Graph tab of the *Preferences Panel* of *Subsurface*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2054 +msgid "" +"The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived " +"M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation " +"is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2057 +msgid "" +"These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the " +"Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand " +"side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2060 +msgid "" +"Graph *A* indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the " +"surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the " +"equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2063 +msgid "" +"Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the " +"tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas " +"pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2068 +msgid "" +"Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast " +"compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of " +"the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments " +"(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of " +"slowly increasing in pressure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2074 +msgid "" +"Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, " +"during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 " +"bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now " +"exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor " +"value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in " +"exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2079 +msgid "" +"Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 " +"minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the " +"pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in " +"the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the " +"diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph *D*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2082 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2084 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Dive List context menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2089 +msgid "" +"Many actions within _Subsurface_ are dependent on a context menu used mostly " +"to manipulate groups of dives. The context menu is found by selecting a dive " +"or a group of dives and then right-clicking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2090 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/ContextMenu.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2093 +msgid "The context menu is used in many manipulations described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2094 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Customising the information showed in the *Dive List* panel" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2096 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DiveListOptions.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2104 +msgid "" +"The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive, " +"Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This " +"information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header " +"bar of the *Dive List*. For instance, a right-click on the 'Date' header " +"brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see above). " +"Select an item to be shown in the *Dive List* or to be deleted from the dive " +"list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences for " +"information shown in the *Dive List* is saved and used when _Subsurface_ is " +"re-opened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Selecting dives from a particular dive site" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2111 +msgid "" +"Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the " +"dives at a particular site. By pressing _Ctl-F_ on the keyboard, a text box " +"is opened at the top left hand of the *Dive List*. Type the name of a dive " +"site in this text box and the *Dive List* is immediately filtered to show " +"only the dives for that site." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2113 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Renumbering the dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2125 +msgid "" +"Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low " +"sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The " +"numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-" +"recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not automatically " +"follow on because of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the " +"newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one may sometimes need " +"to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting (from the Main Menu) " +"_Log -> Renumber_. Users are given a choice with respect to the lowest " +"sequence number to be used. Completing this operation results in new " +"sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the *Dive List* " +"panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2135 +msgid "" +"For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_ " +"can group dives into _trips_. It performs this by grouping dives that have " +"date/times that are not separated in time by more than two days, thus " +"creating a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. " +"Below is an ungrouped dive list (*A*, on the left) as well as the " +"corresponding grouped dive list comprising five dive trips (*B*, on the " +"right):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Group2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2142 +msgid "" +"Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without " +"having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive " +"list, (from the Main Menu) users must select _Log -> Autogroup_. The *Dive " +"List* panel now shows only the titles for the trips." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2156 +msgid "" +"Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip " +"title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip " +"title from the *Dive List*. This shows a *Trip Notes* tab in the *Dive " +"Notes* panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, " +"the trip location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole " +"(e.g. the dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface " +"conditions during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users " +"should select *Save* from the buttons at the top right of the *Trip Notes* " +"tab. The trip title in the *Dive List* panel should now reflect some of the " +"edited information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Viewing the dives during a particular trip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2162 +msgid "" +"Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more " +"trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This " +"expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during " +"the trip." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2169 +msgid "" +"If a user right-clicks after selecting a particular trip in the dive list, " +"the resulting context menu allows several possibilities to expand or " +"collapse dives within trips. This includes expanding all trips, collapsing " +"all trips and collapsing all trips except the selected one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2175 +msgid "" +"By right-clicking on a selected trip title in the *Dive List* panel, a " +"context menu shows up that allows the merging of trips by either merging of " +"the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2176 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Splitting a single trip into more than one trip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2186 +msgid "" +"If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips " +"(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and right-" +"clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the user to " +"create a new trip by choosing the option *Create new trip above*. The top " +"three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The figures below shows " +"the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on " +"the right (B):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/SplitDive3a.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Manipulating single dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Delete a dive from the dive log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2198 +msgid "" +"Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and right-" +"clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting *Delete " +"dive(s)*. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete " +"workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unlink a dive from a trip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2206 +msgid "" +"Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do " +"this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context " +"menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now " +"appear immediately above the trip to which they belonged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add a dive to the trip immediately above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2214 +msgid "" +"Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed " +"within the trip immediately above the currently active trip. To do this, " +"select and right-click the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then " +"select *Add dive(s) to trip immediately above*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shift the start time of dive(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2226 +msgid "" +"Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply " +"to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the " +"dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select " +"and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the " +"context menu on which the *Shift times* option should be selected. User must " +"then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be " +"adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment " +"should be forwards or backwards." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ==== +#: user-manual.txt:2227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Merge dives into a single dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2237 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the " +"surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by " +"the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the *Dive List* panel. " +"Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate " +"dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting " +"*Merge selected dives*. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in " +"the *Dive Notes* panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the " +"merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two such dives that " +"were merged:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/MergedDive.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Filtering the dive list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2247 +msgid "" +"The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, that is, one can select " +"only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, " +"dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows " +"one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave " +"dives with a particular buddy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2256 +msgid "" +"To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This " +"opens the _Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons " +"are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The _Filter Panel_ " +"can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the *+*. The " +"_Filter Panel_ may also be minimised by selecting the middle icon. When " +"minimised, only these three icons are shown. The panel can be maximised by " +"clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The filter may also be reset and " +"closed by selecting the button with the flag. An example of the _Filter " +"Panel_ is shown in the figure below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Filterpanel.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2268 +msgid "" +"Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person " +"(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented " +"by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level " +"filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that " +"check list. For instance, typing \"_ca_\" in the filter textbox above the " +"tags check list results in the tags check list being reduced to \"_cave_\" " +"and \"_cavern_\". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of " +"search terms for filtering the dive list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2276 +msgid "" +"To activate filtering of the dive list, the check box of at least one item " +"in one of the four check lists needs to be checked. The dive list is then " +"shortened to include only the dives that pertain to the selection criteria " +"specified in the check lists. The four check lists work as a filter with " +"_AND_ operators, Subsurface filters therefore for _cave_ as a tag AND _Joe " +"Smith_ as a buddy; but the filters within a category are inclusive - " +"filtering for _cave_ and _boat_ shows those dives that have either one or " +"both of these tags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2284 +msgid "" +"The export function can be reached by selecting _File -> Export_, which " +"brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL " +"dives, or save only the dives selected in *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_. " +"Click the appropriate radio button (see images below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Export.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2288 +msgid "A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2290 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface XML_ format. This is the native format used by _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2294 +msgid "" +"Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more " +"information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many " +"dive computers and computer programs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2298 +msgid "" +"_Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to " +"_Divelogs.de_, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for _Divelogs.de_. " +"Log into _http://en.divelogs.de_ and subscribe to this service in order to " +"upload dive log data from _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2302 +msgid "" +"_CSV_ format, that includes the most critical information of the dive " +"profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, " +"duration, depth, temperature and pressure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2305 +msgid "" +"_Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and " +"some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2313 +msgid "" +"_HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with " +"an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript " +"must be enabled. This generated HTML file is not intended to be edited by " +"the users. The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also " +"contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on " +"the second tab of the Export dialog (image *B* above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2315 +msgid "_General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the\n" +"numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered\n" +"starting from 1.\n" +"** Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will\n" +"be attached with the HTML exports.\n" +"** Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive\n" +"information will not be available.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2326 +msgid "" +"Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font " +"size and theme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2329 +msgid "" +"Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for " +"instance _www.divelogs.de_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2344 +msgid "" +"For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a " +"record of diving activities for one's own pleasure, but it is important " +"information required for admission to further training courses or " +"(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore " +"critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home " +"computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious " +"solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one's dive log " +"from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this " +"reason, facilities such as _divelogs.de_ and _Diving Log_ offer facilities " +"to store dive log information on the Internet. Although _Subsurface_ does " +"not offer integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is simple to achieve " +"this using several of the existing facilities on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2349 +msgid "" +"For instance http://www.dropbox.com/[_Dropbox_] offers a free application " +"that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on " +"one's desktop computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2350 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Cloud.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2359 +msgid "" +"The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content " +"on one's desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, " +"the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the _Open_ and " +"_Save_ of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the " +"local _Dropbox_ folder, so there's no need for a direct internet connection. " +"If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote copy in the " +"_Dropbox_ server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever " +"Internet access is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2366 +msgid "" +"In this way a dive log in one's _Dropbox_ folder can be accessed seamlessly " +"from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet access. " +"Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, " +"Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the http://www.dropbox.com/" +"install[_Install Page on the Dropbox website_]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2372 +msgid "" +"Alternatively one can use _Dropbox_ as a mechanism to backup one's dive log. " +"To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select _File->Save as_ from the " +"_Subsurface_ main menu, navigate to the _Dropbox_ folder and select the " +"_Save_ button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select _File->Open " +"Logbook_ from the _Subsurface_ main menu and navigate to the dive log file " +"in the _Dropbox_ folder and select the _Open_ button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2375 +msgid "" +"Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the " +"same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Printing a dive log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2382 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a " +"few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2384 +msgid "Before printing, two decisions are required:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2387 +msgid "" +"Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the " +"dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the " +"*Dive List* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2389 +msgid "" +"What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users " +"should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left " +"of the Dive Profile panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2393 +msgid "" +"Now the print options should be selected to match the user's needs. To do " +"this, user should select _File->Print_ from the Main menu. The following " +"dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2394 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/PrintDiveLog.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2397 +msgid "Under _Print type_ users need to select one of three options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2399 +msgid "" +"Print the complete Dive List: to do this, _Table Print_ should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2401 +msgid "" +"Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6 " +"dives per printed page: to do this, users should select _6 dives per page_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2403 +msgid "" +"Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2 " +"dives per printed page: to do this, users should select _2 dives per page_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2405 +msgid "" +"Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive " +"per printed page: to do this, users should select _1 dive per page_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2407 +msgid "Under _Print options_ users need to select:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2411 +msgid "" +"Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to " +"activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box _Print only " +"selected dives_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2412 +msgid "" +"Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with _Print in colour_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2419 +msgid "" +"The _Ordering_ affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each " +"dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the " +"textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual " +"information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select " +"the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has " +"a layout with text below the dive profile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2423 +msgid "" +"Users can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on " +"the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue " +"can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2433 +msgid "" +"Next, select the _Print_ button in the dialogue. This activates the regular " +"print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [*B*] in the middle, " +"above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image " +"[*C*] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of " +"the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer properties. " +"Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the " +"output for one particular page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2434 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Printpreview.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2446 +msgid "" +"There are several settings within _Subsurface_ that the user can specify. " +"These are found when selecting _File->Preferences_. The settings are " +"performed in five groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and " +"*Network*. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must " +"specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved " +"using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then " +"leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2447 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2450 +msgid "There are several settings in the *Defaults* panel:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2451 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Pref1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2455 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Lists and tables*: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the\n" +"*Dive Table* panel. By decreasing the font size of the *Dive Table*, users can see more dives on a screen.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2460 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive File_ one need to specify the directory and\n" +"file name of one's\n" +"electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When\n" +"launched, _Subsurface_ will automatically load the specified dive log book.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2465 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide\n" +"dives that he/she don't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to\n" +"keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in\n" +"the dive list.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2468 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Default cylinder*: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in\n" +"the *Equipment* tab of the *Dive Notes* panel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2476 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using\n" +"animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to\n" +"dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not\n" +"happen instantaneously, but are animated. The _Speed_ of animations can be controlled\n" +"by setting this slider\n" +"with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation\n" +"at all.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2481 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Subsurface web service*: When one subscribes to the <<S_Companion,Subsurface web service>>, a very\n" +"long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By\n" +"checking the option _Save User ID locally?_, one ensures that a local copy of that userID\n" +"is saved.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2484 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are\n" +"cleared and set to default values.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Units" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2486 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Pref2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2493 +msgid "" +"Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, " +"volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio " +"button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen " +"measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the *Personalise* radio " +"button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric " +"system and others in imperial." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Pref3.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2499 +msgid "This panel allows two type of selections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2507 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Show*: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of\n" +"the dive profile:\n" +"** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during\n" +"the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*\n" +"panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the\n" +"Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is\n" +"highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2512 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox allows exactly what it says.\n" +"Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ\n" +"from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a\n" +"dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2514 +#, no-wrap +msgid "** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2517 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** _Show average depth_: Activating this checkbox causes _Subsurface_ to draw a red line across\n" +"the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Misc*:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2531 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the _gradient factors_ used while diving. GF_Low is\n" +"the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.\n" +"At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.\n" +"Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a\n" +"similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower\n" +"the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with\n" +"respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient\n" +"factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered\n" +"harsh. Checking *GFLow at max depth* box causes GF_Low to be used at the\n" +"deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at\n" +"all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2536 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Language" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2538 +msgid "Choose a language that _Subsurface_ will use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2539 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Pref4.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2549 +msgid "" +"A checkbox allows one to use the _System Default_ language which in most " +"cases will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the " +"same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some " +"reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / " +"country combination from the list of included localizations. The _Filter_ " +"text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are " +"several system variants of English or French. This particular preference " +"requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2550 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2552 +msgid "" +"This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources " +"on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2553 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Pref5.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2566 +msgid "" +"This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs to communicate with " +"Internet services such as the <<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or " +"data export/import from _Divelogs.de_. These Internet requirements are " +"determined by one's type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet " +"Service Provider (ISP) used. One's ISP should provide the appropriate " +"information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate " +"information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be " +"selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and " +"the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses " +"authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be " +"provided so that _Subsurface_ can automatically pass through the proxy " +"server to access the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2568 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2572 +msgid "" +"Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessible by " +"selecting _Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of " +"nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the " +"addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2580 +msgid "" +"The _Subsurface_ dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user " +"is already familiar with the _Subsurface_ user interface. It is explicitly " +"used under the following conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2583 +msgid "" +"The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to " +"perform dive planning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2584 +msgid "The user plans dives within his/her certification limits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2587 +msgid "" +"Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the " +"_average person_ and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health " +"or personal history or life style characteristics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2588 +msgid "" +"The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2589 +msgid "The user is familiar with the user interface of _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: delimited block * +#: user-manual.txt:2591 +msgid "" +"A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should " +"not use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2593 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The _Subsurface_ dive planner screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2598 +msgid "" +"Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several " +"sections (see image below). The *setup* parameters for a dive are entered " +"into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is " +"divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options " +"and Dive Notes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2602 +msgid "" +"At the top right hand is a green *design panel* upon which the profile of " +"the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained " +"below. This feature makes the _Subsurface_ dive planner unique in ease of " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2606 +msgid "" +"At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan Details_. " +"This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way that can " +"easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning messages " +"about the dive plan are printed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2607 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/PlannerWindow1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2610 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Initiating dive planning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2614 +msgid "" +"The dive planner comprises two parts: *constructing a dive plan* and " +"*evaluating* that dive plan. To perform dive planning, perform these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2618 +msgid "" +"Clear the existing dive log by creating a new planning log. This is achieved " +"by selecting _File -> New logbook_ from the main menu. This way, dive plans " +"are kept separate from the existing dive log of completed dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2623 +msgid "" +"In the top left-hand area of the screen, ensure that the constant dive " +"parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the dive, " +"Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive site. The " +"atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, assuming " +"an atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2632 +msgid "" +"In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the " +"cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. " +"This is done in a similar way as for <<S_CylinderData,providing cylinder " +"data for dive logs>>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking the " +"cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work pressure of " +"this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, the " +"dive gas is assumed to be air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium " +"concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional " +"cylinders by using the \"+\" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2635 +msgid "" +"The dialogue indicating _Dive Planner Points_ is usually not used at this " +"stage of the dive planning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2636 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Managing nitrogen, oxygen and gas consumption" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2639 +msgid "The planning is performed in three stages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2649 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*a) Nitrogen management*: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,\n" +"as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings _Rates_ and _Planning_\n" +"to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the _Preferences_\n" +"panel of _Subsurface_ is used. If these are changed within the planner (see _Gas Options_ within\n" +"the planner), the new values are\n" +"used without changing the original specifications in the _Preferences_. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.\n" +"A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.\n" +" ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings].\n" +"For more information external to this manual see:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2654 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" *** link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]\n" +" *** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]\n" +" *** link:http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers[_Deco for Divers_, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress] Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.\n" +"An excellent non-technical review.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2662 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ** The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified\n" +"for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth\n" +"of the dive plan is indicated on the dive profile in the green panel of the dive planner. Ascent rates\n" +"at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are\n" +"often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option _Drop to first depth_\n" +"is activated, then the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified\n" +"in the _Rates_ section of the dive setup.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2672 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, the maximum partial\n" +"pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the\n" +"bottom part of the dive (_bottom po2_) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (_deco po2_).\n" +"The most commonly\n" +"used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression\n" +"stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the\n" +"_Available Gases_ dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during\n" +"ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2687 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*c) Gas management*: One needs keep within the limits of the amount of gas contained in the dive\n" +"cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for safe return to the surface, possibly\n" +"sharing with a buddy. Under the _Gas Options_ heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate\n" +"of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in\n" +"litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the\n" +"bottom part of the dive (_bottom SAC_) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the\n" +"dive (_deco SAC_). Values of 20-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess\n" +"is not sufficient and one needs to\n" +"monitor one's gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.\n" +"The planner will calculate the total volume of gas used during the dive and will issue a warning\n" +"if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to\n" +"the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.\n" +"For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2698 +msgid "" +"Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. " +"_Subsurface_ offers a unique graphical interface for performing this part of " +"the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to hand-entering a dive " +"profile in the dive log part of _Subsurface_. Upon activating the planner, a " +"default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the green design surface " +"to the top right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the " +"profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-" +"clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the profile reflects the " +"intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the depth and duration of the " +"dive. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) is " +"exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2711 +msgid "" +"Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the " +"table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the _Used Gas_ " +"value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures " +"specified in the table with _Available Gases_ immediately above the Dive " +"Planner Points. Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have " +"been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are " +"implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to _Subsurface_. " +"In most cases _Subsurface_ computes additional way points in order to fulfil " +"decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be moved by " +"selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints listed " +"in the _Dive Planner Points_ dialogue can be edited by hand in order to " +"obtain a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, one can create the " +"whole dive profile by editing the _Dive Planner Points_ dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2719 +msgid "" +"Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as " +"explained in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive profile>>. " +"These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in " +"the table with _Available Gases_. If two or more gases are used, automatic " +"gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the surface. However, " +"these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and by " +"manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate waypoint." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2728 +msgid "" +"A non-zero value in the \"CC set point\" column of the table of dive planner " +"points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the " +"segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last " +"manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is " +"computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the " +"last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-" +"point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers " +"gas changes in OC mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2731 +msgid "" +"Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent " +"using EAN50 and using the settings as described above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2732 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/DivePlanner2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2737 +msgid "" +"Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the _Save_ " +"button towards the bottom left of the green design panel. The saved dive " +"plan will appear in the *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2738 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The dive plan details" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2747 +msgid "" +"On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the " +"exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified " +"by checking any of the options under the _Dive Notes_ section of the dive " +"planner, immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim " +"diveplan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive " +"plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded " +"during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2752 +msgid "" +"If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of " +"each depth level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration " +"INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the _Display " +"transition in deco_ option is checked, the transitions are shown separately " +"from the segment durations at a particular level." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2754 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Modifying an existing dive plan" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2761 +msgid "" +"Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive " +"List*, like any other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is not a way to " +"change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on " +"the *Dive List*. Then, in the main menu, select _Log -> Re-plan dive_. This " +"will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes " +"to be made and saved as usual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2767 +msgid "" +"In addition there is the option \"Save new\". This keeps the original " +"planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that " +"copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are " +"considered two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each " +"during decompression calculation (see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2768 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Planning for repetitive dives" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2775 +msgid "" +"Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the " +"repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start " +"Time_ field. _Subsurface_ calculates the gas loading figures correctly and " +"the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2781 +msgid "" +"If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, " +"then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been completed " +"and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned " +"dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the " +"completed dive and allows planning within these limitations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2786 +msgid "" +"If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a " +"template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one " +"now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the " +"template dive in the *Dive List* and activate the planner: the planner takes " +"into account the configuration in the highlighted dive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2787 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Printing the dive plan" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2792 +msgid "" +"Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive " +"Plan Details_ for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the _Dive " +"Plan Details_ for inclusion in a text file or word processing document." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2802 +msgid "" +"Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, " +"dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and " +"gas calculations are saved in the *Dive Notes* tab. While a dive plan is " +"being designed, it can be printed using the _Print_ button in the dive " +"planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the _Dive Plan " +"Details_ panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, " +"it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas " +"calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning " +"process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the _File->Print_ " +"facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and " +"paste to a word processor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2804 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuring a dive computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2812 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the " +"Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, " +"Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. " +"A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read and changed " +"to different values. As a first step, ensure that the appropriate hardware " +"driver is installed for the dive computer and that the device name of the " +"dive computer is known. See " +"<<_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer," +"APPENDIX A>> for information on how to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2817 +msgid "" +"Once the dive computer is connected to the _Subsurface_ computer, select " +"_File->Configure dive computer_ from the _Main Menu_. Provide the " +"appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration " +"panel that opens and select the appropriate dive computer model from the " +"panel on the lefthand (see image below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:2818 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2821 +msgid "" +"Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following " +"actions can be performed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2824 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Retrieve available details*. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer\n" +"to _Subsurface_, showing this in the configuration panel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Save changes to device*. This changes the configuration of the\n" +"dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2828 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Backup*. This saves the configuration data to a file. _Subsurface_ asks for\n" +"a file location and file name for the saved information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2830 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Restore backup*. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it\n" +"in the configuration panel.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2832 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*Update firmware*. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is\n" +"loaded into the dive computer.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2833 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2838 +msgid "" +"This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main " +"Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this " +"manual dealing with the appropriate operations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2839 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2842 +msgid "" +"<<S_NewLogbook,_New Logbook_>> - Close the currently open dive logbook and " +"clear all dive information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2844 +msgid "" +"_Open logbook_ - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive " +"logbook to open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2845 +msgid "_Save_ - Save the dive logbook that is currently open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2846 +msgid "_Save as_ - Save the current logbook under a different file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2847 +msgid "_Close_ - Close the dive logbook that is currently open." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2849 +msgid "" +"<<S_ExportLog,_Export_>> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the " +"selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2850 +msgid "<<S_PrintDivelog,_Print_>> - Print the currently open logbook." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2851 +msgid "<<S_Preferences,_Preferences_>> - Set the _Subsurface_ preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2852 +msgid "" +"<<S_Configure,_Configure dive computer_>> - Edit the configuration of a dive " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2853 +msgid "_Quit_ - Quit _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2854 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Import" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2857 +msgid "" +"<<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Import from dive computer_>> - Import dive " +"information from a dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2859 +msgid "" +"<<Unified_import,_Import Log Files_>> - Import dive information from a file " +"in in a _Subsurface_-compatible format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2861 +msgid "" +"<<S_Companion,_Import GPS data from Subsurface web service_>> - Load GPS " +"coordinates from the _Subsurface_ mobile phone app." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2863 +msgid "" +"<<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Import from Divelogs.de_>> - Import dive " +"information from _www.Divelogs.de_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2864 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2866 +msgid "" +"<<S_EnterData,_Add Dive_>> - Manually add a new dive to the *Dive List* " +"panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2867 +msgid "" +"<<S_DivePlanner,_Plan Dive_>> - This feature allows the planning of dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2868 +msgid "" +"<<S_Replan,_Re-plan dive_>> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the " +"*Dive List*." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2870 +msgid "" +"<<S_CopyComponents,_Copy dive components_>> - By selecting this option, one " +"can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2871 +msgid "" +"_Paste dive components_ - Paste, into the selected dives in the *Dive List*," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2872 +msgid "the information copied using the _Copy dive components_ option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2874 +msgid "" +"<<S_Renumber,_Renumber_>> - Renumber the dives listed in the *Dive List* " +"panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2876 +msgid "" +"<<S_Group,_Auto Group_>> - Group the dives in the *Dive List* panel into " +"dive trips." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2877 +msgid "" +"<<S_DeviceNames,_Edit Device Names_>> - Edit the names of dive computers to " +"facilitate your logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2878 +msgid "" +"<<S_Filter,_Filter divelist_>> - Select only some dives, based on specific " +"tags or dive criteria." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2879 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2882 +msgid "" +"<<S_ViewPanels,_All_>> - View the four main _Subsurface_ panels " +"simmultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2883 +msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Dive List_>> - View only the *Dive List* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2884 +msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Profile_>> - View only the *Dive Profile* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2885 +msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - View only the *Dive Notes* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2886 +msgid "<<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - View only the *World Map* panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2888 +msgid "" +"_Yearly Statistics_ - Display summary statistics about dives during this and " +"past years." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2889 +msgid "_Prev DC_ - Switch to previous dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2890 +msgid "_Next DC_ - Switch to next dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2891 +msgid "_Full Screen_ - Toggles Full Screen mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2892 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2895 +msgid "" +"_About Subsurface_ - Show a panel with the version number of _Subsurface_ as " +"well as licensing information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2897 +msgid "" +"_Check for updates_ - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is " +"available on the http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2898 +msgid "_User Manual_ - Open a window showing this user manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:2900 +#, no-wrap +msgid "APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2902 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:2903 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/drivers.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2908 +msgid "" +"The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers " +"in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive " +"computer prefers (e.g. bluetooth, USB, infra-red)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2914 +msgid "" +"On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most " +"distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load " +"kernel modules. However, some communication protocols require an additional " +"driver, especially for rarely used technology such as infra-red." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2918 +msgid "" +"On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user " +"connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the " +"equipment for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2925 +msgid "" +"On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For " +"example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive " +"computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or " +"similar chip can be found as _Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip_ at the http://www." +"silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB" +"%20Bridges&pn=CP2101[Silicon Labs document and software repository]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:2927 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:2928 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/usb.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2936 +msgid "" +"When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually " +"_Subsurface_ will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct " +"device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the " +"device select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare " +"cases where this doesn't work, here are some suggestions of ways to find out " +"what the device name is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: user-manual.txt:2937 user-manual.txt:3020 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2941 +msgid "" +"Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected " +"COM devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: user-manual.txt:2942 user-manual.txt:3035 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On MacOS:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2945 +msgid "The drop down box should find all connected dive computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: user-manual.txt:2946 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Linux:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2949 +msgid "There is a definitive way to find the port:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2951 +msgid "Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2952 +msgid "Open a terminal" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2953 user-manual.txt:2955 +msgid "Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2954 +msgid "Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2957 +msgid "A message similar to this one should appear:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2973 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\tusb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd\n" +"\tusbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial\n" +"\tUSB Serial support registered for generic\n" +"\tusbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic\n" +"\tusbserial: USB Serial Driver core\n" +"\tUSB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device\n" +"\tftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64\n" +"\tusb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3\n" +"\tusbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio\n" +"\tftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2978 +msgid "" +"The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected " +"and connected to +ttyUSB3+. This information can now be used in the import " +"settings as +/dev/ttyUSB3+ which directs Subsurface to the correct USB port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2980 +msgid "Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2986 +msgid "" +"On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users " +"who are members of the +dialout+ group. If one is not root, one may not be a " +"member of that group and will not be able to use the USB port. Let us assume " +"one's username is 'johnB'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2990 +msgid "" +"As root, type: +usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (Ubuntu users: +sudo usermod -a " +"-G dialout johnB+) This makes johnB a member of the +dialout+ group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2995 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Type: +id johnB+ This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and\n" +"verifies that\n" +"the appropriate group membership has been created. The +dialout+ group should\n" +"be listed\n" +"among the different IDs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:2997 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after\n" +"one logs out and then logs in again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3002 +msgid "" +"With the appropriate device name (e.g. +dev/ttyUSB3+) and with write " +"permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one " +"should be able to import dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3004 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up bluetooth enabled devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3005 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3011 +msgid "" +"For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs " +"Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different " +"procedure to get the devices name to communicate with _Subsurface_. Follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3013 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3017 +msgid "" +"For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer's user " +"guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select _Dive Log -> Upload " +"Log_ and wait for the _Wait PC_ message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3019 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Pair the _Subsurface_ computer with the dive computer.*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3028 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer " +"choose _Control Panel->Bluetooth Devices->Add Wireless Device_. This should " +"bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (in Bluetooth mode) and " +"allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose _Properties->COM Ports_ to " +"identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several ports " +"listed, use the one saying \"Outgoing\" instead of \"Incoming\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3031 +msgid "" +"For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should " +"contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3034 +msgid "" +"Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer " +"using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3041 +msgid "" +"Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up Bluetooth " +"Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. " +"Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only be " +"needed once for initial setup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3044 +msgid "" +"Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the 'Device or " +"Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Block title +#: user-manual.txt:3045 +#, no-wrap +msgid "On Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3053 +msgid "" +"Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer. On most common " +"distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be " +"straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon in the upper " +"right corner of the desktop where one selects 'Set up New Device'. This " +"should show a dialog where one can select the dive computer (which already " +"should be in Bluetooth mode) and pair it. If a PIN is required, try " +"manually setting '0000'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3060 +msgid "" +"In the rare cases where the above is not true, then depending on your " +"system, try +initd+ or +systemd+. This might be different and also involve " +"loading modules specific to your hardware. In case your system is running " +"+systemd+, manually run +systemctl start bluetooth.service+ to enable it, in " +"case of +initd+, run something like +rc.config start bluetoothd+ or +/etc/" +"init.d/bluetooth start+." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3062 +msgid "One may also use a manual approach by using such commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3067 +msgid "" +"+hciconfig+ shows the Bluetooth devices available on your computer (not dive " +"computer), most likely one will see a hci0, if not try +hcitool -a+ to see " +"inactive devices and run +sudo hciconfig hci0 up+ to bring them up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3071 +msgid "" +"+hcitool scanning+ gets a list of bluetooth enabled client devices, look for " +"the dive computer and remember the MAC address are shown there" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3075 +msgid "" +"+bluez-simple-agent hci0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4+ pairs the dive computer with the " +"bluetooth stack of the _Subsurface_ computer, copy/paste the MAC address " +"from the output of 'hcitool scanning'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3078 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately on Linux binding to a communication device has to be done " +"manually by running:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3084 +msgid "" +"+rfcomm bind /dev/rfcomm0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4+ binds the dive computer to a " +"communication device in the desktop computer, in case rfcomm is already " +"taken use rfcomm1 or up. IMPORTANT: Copy/paste the MAC address from the " +"output of +hcitool scanning+, the MAC address shown above will not work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3087 +msgid "" +"For downloading dives in _Subsurface_ specify the device name connected to " +"the MAC address in the last step above, e.g. _/dev/rfcomm0_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:3089 +#, no-wrap +msgid "APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3092 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Import from a Uemis Zurich" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3094 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/iumis.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3110 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file " +"system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and equipment. " +"Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very similar to a " +"normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those that recharge " +"when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that one does not " +"enter a device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system " +"is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive " +"letter ( often 'E:' or 'F:'), on a Mac this is '/Volumes/UEMISSDA' and on " +"Linux systems this differs depending on the distribution. On Fedora it " +"usually is '/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA'. In all cases " +"_Subsurface_ should suggest the correct location in the drop down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3125 +msgid "" +"After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis " +"Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation " +"(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a _Subsurface_ issue) is that one " +"cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on " +"the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads " +"dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day " +"or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If _Subsurface_ " +"displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is " +"straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and " +"reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the " +"download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this " +"more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dives from the Uwatec Galileo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/Galileo.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3144 +msgid "" +"The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between " +"the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle " +"based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller " +"manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics " +"companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using " +"the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for " +"the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the " +"*irda-tools* package from the http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda." +"html[Linux IrDA Project]. After the installation of the irda-tools, the " +"*root user* can specify a device name from the console as follows: +irattach " +"irda0+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3147 +msgid "" +"After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive " +"computer and download dive information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3151 +msgid "" +"Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are " +"available from some Internet web sites e.g. http://www.drivers-download.com/" +"Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/[www.drivers-download.com]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3154 +msgid "" +"For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available " +"for OSX 10.6 or higher." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dives from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3158 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3168 +msgid "" +"When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF " +"file for every dive. Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open. " +"Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, " +"so for _Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient " +"factors in the _Graph Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay " +"in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco " +"calculated by _Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on " +"the DR5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Import from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/predator.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3179 +msgid "" +"Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then " +"encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like _Slip RX: unexp. SLIP " +"END_ on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log " +"software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea " +"about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved " +"sometimes by one of these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3182 +msgid "" +"use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of " +"the built-in one of the _Subsurface_ computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3183 +msgid "switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3184 +msgid "switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dive logs from the Poseidon MkVI Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/MkVI.jpeg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3196 +msgid "" +"Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom " +"communications adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_, " +"obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows " +"application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive logs. " +"Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the IrDA " +"infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, " +"comprising three files:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3199 +msgid "" +"Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt " +"extension)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3200 +msgid "Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3202 +msgid "" +"Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed " +"version of the dive log using a proprietary format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3204 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Importing dive logs from the APD Inspiration CCR" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3208 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/APDComputer.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3216 +msgid "" +"The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are " +"downloaded using a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained " +"when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the _AP Log " +"Viewer_, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and " +"managed from within _Subsurface_ (together with dives using many other types " +"of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into " +"_Subsurface_ as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3218 +msgid "Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3219 +msgid "Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled \"_Data_\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3220 +msgid "" +"If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on \"_Copy to Clipboard_" +"\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3221 +msgid "Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3223 +msgid "" +"Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text " +"file with a filename extension of .CSV" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3224 +msgid "" +"Within _Subsurface_, select _Import->Import log files_ to open the xref:" +"Unified_import[universal import dialogue]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3225 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select \"_CSV " +"files_\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3227 +msgid "" +"On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created above. " +"An import dialogue opens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3229 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown list on the middle right labeled '_Pre-configured imports_" +"\", select _APD Log Viewer_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3230 +msgid "" +"Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select " +"_OK_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3232 +msgid "The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:3234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3243 +msgid "" +"The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly " +"performed using the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, " +"then clicking on _Import Log Files_. This is a single-step process, more " +"information about which can be found xref:Unified_import[here.] However, in " +"some cases, a two-step process may be required:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3246 +msgid "" +"Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from " +"_Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3247 +msgid "Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3251 +msgid "" +"This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log " +"data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to " +"Linux and/or Windows." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Exporting dives from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3261 +msgid "" +"DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. " +"Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent " +"Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The " +"different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file " +"naming conventions to export dive log data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3263 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Divemanager 3 (DM3):*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3265 +msgid "" +"Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3266 +msgid "Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3268 +msgid "" +"In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the " +"appropriate dives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3269 +msgid "" +"Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3270 +msgid "To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3273 +msgid "" +"To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the " +"last dive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3274 +msgid "With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3275 +msgid "" +"The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called " +"'Export Path'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3276 +msgid "Click the browse button next to the field Export Path" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"** A file-manager like window pops up\n" +"** Navigate to the directory for storing the\n" +"Divelog.SDE file\n" +"\t\t** Optionally change the name of the file for saving\n" +"\t\t** Click 'Save'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export'\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):*\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3290 +msgid "" +"DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a " +"divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the " +"dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make " +"a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3292 +msgid "Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3294 user-manual.txt:3303 +msgid "Start Suunto DM4/DM5" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3295 +msgid "Select 'Help -> About'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3296 +msgid "Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3297 +msgid "Now open Windows Explorer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3298 +msgid "Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3299 +msgid "The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3301 +msgid "Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3304 +msgid "Select 'File - Create backup'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3306 +msgid "" +"From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll use " +"DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3307 +msgid "Click 'Save'" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3308 +msgid "The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3321 +msgid "" +"Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a " +"Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The " +"database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular " +"computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy " +"of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible " +"format which can be imported into _Subsurface_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3326 +msgid "" +"Within Dive Organiser, select _Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and " +"back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file " +"DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3329 +msgid "" +"Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a " +"file _DiveOrganiser.sdf_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3330 +msgid "Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3331 +msgid "The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3333 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Exporting dives from *DivingLog 5.0*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Named 'icon' AttributeList argument for style 'icon' +#: user-manual.txt:3335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3344 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences " +"set on one's system. So in order for _Subsurface_ to be able to successfully " +"import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is " +"configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within " +"Diving Log by selecting 'File -> Preferences -> Units and Language' by " +"clicking the 'Metric' button). Then do the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3346 +msgid "In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> XML' menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3347 +msgid "Select the dives to export" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3348 +msgid "Click on the export button and select the filename" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:3350 +#, no-wrap +msgid "APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3360 +msgid "" +"Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a " +"spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily " +"imported into _Subsurface_ (xref:S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives " +"from_manually kept CSV file]), after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV " +"file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook " +"stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from " +"_Subsurface_. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the " +"procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3366 +msgid "" +"The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that " +"the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the " +"information for each dive is stored in a single row. _Subsurface_ supports " +"many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, " +"Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data " +"following a few simple rules:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3368 +msgid "" +"Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3369 +msgid "Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3370 +msgid "" +"Unit system: only one unit system shold be used (i.e., no mixture between " +"imperial and metric units)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3371 +msgid "Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3372 +msgid "GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_LibreOffice Calc_ and _OpenOffice Calc_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3377 +msgid "" +"These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open " +"source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_ " +"and _OpenOffice_ is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format " +"should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one " +"of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3378 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3381 +msgid "" +"To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File -> " +"Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the " +"file type and select the option _Edit filter settings_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3382 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3385 +msgid "" +"After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_ " +"to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), " +"then select _OK_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3389 +msgid "" +"One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and " +"then import the dive data as explained on the section xref:" +"S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually kept CSV files]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3390 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Microsoft _Excel_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3396 +msgid "" +"The field delimiter (called \"_list separator_\" in Microsoft manuals) is " +"not accessible from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the " +"_Microsoft Control Panel_. After changing the separator character, all " +"software on the Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One " +"can change the character back to the default character by following the same " +"procedure, outlined below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3398 +msgid "" +"In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, and then select _Control " +"Panel_ from the list on the right-hand side." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3399 +msgid "Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3402 +msgid "" +"Do one of the following: ** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then " +"click _Customize this format_. ** In Windows XP, click the _Regional " +"Options_ tab, and then click _Customize_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3403 +msgid "" +"Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited " +"file, type the word TAB in the box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3404 +msgid "Click _OK_ twice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3406 +msgid "Below is an image of the _Control Panel_:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3407 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3410 +msgid "To export the dive log in CSV format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3412 +msgid "" +"With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the " +"top left, then _Save As_." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3413 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3416 +msgid "" +"Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the " +"right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an " +"alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, " +"marked _Save as Type:_, select _CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)_. Ensure that " +"the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Target for macro image +#: user-manual.txt:3417 +#, no-wrap +msgid "images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3420 +msgid "" +"Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder " +"that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a " +"text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section xref:" +"S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually kept CSV files]." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title == +#: user-manual.txt:3421 +#, no-wrap +msgid "APPENDIX E: FAQs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3423 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3427 +msgid "" +"'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending " +"with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_ " +"calculates. Is _Subsurface_ miscalculating?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3433 +msgid "" +"'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates " +"gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, " +"it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas " +"consumption and SAC should be: +consumption = tank size x (start pressure - " +"end pressure)+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3439 +msgid "" +"and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive " +"theory. But an \"ideal gas\" doesn't actually exist, and real gases " +"actually don't compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the " +"fact that one atmosphere of pressure isn't actually one bar. So the *real* " +"calculation is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3441 +msgid "+consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3447 +msgid "" +"where the amount of air is *not* just \"tank size times pressure in bar\". " +"It's a combination of: \"take compressibility into account\" (which is a " +"fairly small issue under 220 bar - you'll see more differences when you do " +"high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and \"convert bar to atm\" (which is the " +"majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without " +"the compressibility, your gas use is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3449 +msgid "+12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3454 +msgid "" +"which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple " +"calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The " +"compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about " +"eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface " +"pressure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3460 +msgid "" +"So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or " +"be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as " +"mentioned, the \"contains less air than you thought it did\" really starts " +"becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not " +"contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts " +"pretty much like an ideal gas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title === +#: user-manual.txt:3461 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3465 +msgid "" +"_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, " +"divetime, SAC, etc). 'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer " +"differ from that given by _Subsurface_?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: user-manual.txt:3473 +msgid "" +"'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to " +"trigger the \"dive started\") but then come back up and wait five minutes " +"for your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes " +"long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will " +"say it's 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It's " +"even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW " +"dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it " +"at the surface. And then you don't want that to count as some kind of long " +"dive”." +msgstr "" diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff321c27a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -0,0 +1,4593 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.3, Décembre 2014</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé +d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne +infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées +en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par +rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, + even not using a dive computer? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary + software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well as + open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus + time-depth recorder in conjunction with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers + a standard interface for downloading dive logs from all these different + pieces of equipment and to store and analyse the dive logs within a unified + system. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible + with Mac, Linux and Windows, allowing you to access your dive log on each of + your operating systems using a single application. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use Linux or Mac and your dive computer has only Windows-based + software for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> + provides a way of downloading and analysing your dive logs on other + operating systems. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with and + takes into account the dives that have already been logged? +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel +based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built +for many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and +libdivecomputer are available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The scope of this document is the use of the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To +install the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. Please discuss +issues with this program by sending an email to +<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs +at <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to +build the software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the +INSTALL file included with the source code.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional +Divers</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Le sondage utilisateur</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> in a way that serves its users in the best +possible way, it is important to have some user information. Upon launching +<em>Subsurface</em> after using this software for a week or so, a one-box user +survey pops up. It is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, +data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development team. Any data that the user +chooses to send is extremely useful, and will only be used to steer future +development and to customise the software to fit the needs of the +<em>Subsurface</em> users. If one completes the survey, or clicks the option not to +be asked again, that should be the last communication of this nature one +receives. However, if one’s diving and/or subsurface habits change and one +wishes to provide another survey, this can be done by launching <em>Subsurface</em> +with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">2. Start Using the Program</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main +Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Filter Help) at the top of the window (for +Windows and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The +four panels are:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive List</strong> to the bottom left containing a list of all the dives in the +user’s dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by +clicking on it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch +between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive +log.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Map</strong> to the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world +map and centred on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Info</strong> to the top left, giving more detailed information on the +dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected +dive or for all highlighted dive(s).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> to the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged in order to change the size of +any of the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so +the next time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from +when the program was last used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed +information and profile of the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective +panels. On the other hand, if one highlights more than one dive the last +highlighted dive is the <em>selected dive</em>, but summary data of all +<em>highlighted dives</em> are shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Info</strong> panel +(maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water temperatures and SAC; +total time and number of dives selected).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f20.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can determine which of the four panels are displayed by selecting +the <strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature gives the user several +choices of display:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Dive Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for +all highlighted dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centred on the last selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like many other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these +options can be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a +particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu +entries. Since different Operating Systems and the user chosen language may +cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different shortcut keys they are not listed here +in the user manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at +all. This is because the program doesn’t have any dive information +available. In the following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook +will be described.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">3. Creating a new logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so that new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in +an open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved +before a new logbook is created.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">4. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it. +<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed +in the following sections.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of +manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one +of these approaches:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not use a +dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: +<a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet +or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a +spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and the text about +<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually created CSV files</a> +and</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the +dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These +dives can be imported from:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The divecomputer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive + information from a Dive Computer</a> or +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer +to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other +digital data sources or other data formats</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. See: +<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers +or other dive log software</a></p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">4.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic +record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important +information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, +duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive +guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more +information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log, +select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three +panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Dive Info</strong> panel +(<strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that +displays a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively +marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these +tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Dive notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> +enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top +of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed +in all the panels under Dive notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Save</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have +been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and +<em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the information. By +selecting the <em>Save</em> button, a local copy of the information for this +specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program +will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on +disk or not.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_dive_notes">4.1.1. Dive Notes</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular +dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some +descriptive information. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the +following fields are visible:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the +date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct +date. Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and +minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text +box and by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the +present date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air and water temperatures</strong>: the air and water temperatures during the +dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time. +Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em>. Only the numerical value must be +typed by the user (the units selected in the <em>Preferences</em> +will determine whether metric or imperial units are used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake +Balaton, +Hungary". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one +frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered +here. These can come from three sources:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part +of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "No +location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive +location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar +disappears and the coordinates are stored.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the +user has an Android device with GPS and if the coordinates of the dive site +were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more +information</a></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four +formats with latitude followed by longitude:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E +Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' +Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" +Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with +a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location +name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location +description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all +of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates +the same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be +entered here. +Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies +(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion +is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here. +As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may +be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, +training, cave etc. <em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered. +For instance, if <code>cav</code> was typed, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are +shown for the user to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information can be typed here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for +tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to +use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a +completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_equipment">4.1.2. Equipment</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of +cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a +highly interactive part of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and +gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top +right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CylinderData"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Initial cylinder dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information +for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder +if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive, +even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted +until another cylinder is created.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To +select a cylinder, click in the <strong>Type</strong> box. This brings up a button that +can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive +or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options +for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its +working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in the +dialogue. If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and +description of that cylinder into the <strong>Type</strong> field.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used +during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the +setting in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the <strong>O2%</strong> field. If air was used, a +value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If +nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must +be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing +the information for the cylinder, press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click +outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional +cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right +hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made +using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered +using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user +clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one then clicks on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible +through a down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Weights type drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or +the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for +the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, the weight used during the +dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the +user must either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell +that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than +one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the +top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated and a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There’s NO need to click the <em>Save</em> button before the dive profile has been +completed.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">4.1.3. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, +<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to +best represent the dive being described:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive +profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as +shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at +the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) +on the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile +itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots +on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the +dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints +downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line +segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint, +right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. The +user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for +the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 min, +followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly +indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the +first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the +case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the +dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular +waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing +the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of +that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab +appear in the context menu.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air +to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder +in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab contained air and the second cylinder contained +EAN50.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Completed dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_hand_entered_dive_information">4.1.4. Saving the hand-entered dive information</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab as well +as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> can now be saved in the user’s logbook by using the +two buttons on the top right hand of the Dive Notes tab. If the <em>Save</em> +button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the +<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When +exiting <em>Subsurface</em>, the user will be prompted once more to save the +logbook with the new dive(s).</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">4.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">4.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, +rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can +capture this information and present it as part of the dive information, +using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list +of supported dive computers can be found at: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their +PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We +therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged +when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and +Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users +should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the +dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate +with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or +mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the +dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the +appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the +dive information. +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for +different operating systems and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can +be achieved by following these steps:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, the user must select <em>Import → Import +From Dive Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ImportFromDC1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even +though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that +reason <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded +before. This makes the download process faster on most dive computers and +also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for those not +charging while connected via USB). If, for some reason, the user wishes to +import ALL dives from the dive computer, even though some may already be in +the logbook, then check the check box labelled <em>Force download of all +dives</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the +<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, +Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model +name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 +(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth +port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive +computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a> and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for +a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct +settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is +running.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only + downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally + deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from + the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers + (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the + download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive + computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check + box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, + during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer + and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the record in the <em>Subsurface</em> + divelog will be overwritten by the record from the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and + <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when problems with downloads are experienced (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>OK</em> button must then be clicked. Dialogue <strong>B</strong> in the figure above +appears.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from +the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number +of recorded dives, this could take some time. The user should be +patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the +dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information could be +inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there is until +all data have been downloaded). When the download of the dive information is +complete, all the imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date +and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its +battery power. If a particular dive is selected, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel +shows an informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular +dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error +message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 +Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Check the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery +must be charged or replaced.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other +software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being +used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Consult +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the +USB port? If not, consult +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix +A</a></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing +an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the +most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and +<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with +the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed +above:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile +Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to +save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em> +dive log is kept.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the +<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: +<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be +analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual +information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">4.2.2. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive +computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded +from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would +perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s +Suunto D4". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more +dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. +In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and +another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the +<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating +the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for +upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After +saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular +device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">4.2.3. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information from the dive computer is not complete and more details must +be added in order to have a fuller record of the dives. To do this, the +<strong>Dive Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_dive_notes_2">4.2.4. Dive Notes</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature is +shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add +additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive +record. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited in any way, the +message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is +being edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the following fields +are visible:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the +date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct +date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes) +can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and +by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer. +If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as +the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em> (according to the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will +be used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: In this field one should type in text that describes the site +where the dive was performed, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". +Auto completion of location names will +make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered +here. These can come from three sources:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand +part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "Move +the map and double-click to set the dive location". Double-click at the +appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are stored.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can obtain the coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if +an Android device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the dive site +were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more +information</a></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four +formats with latitude followed by longitude:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E +Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' +Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" +Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with +a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location +name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location +description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all +of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates +the same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be +entered in this field +which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies +(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the +dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered. +Auto completion of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user +typed +<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for +tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to +use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a +completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_equipment_2">4.2.5. Equipment</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder +and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue +box at the top of the panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part +of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) +determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> obtains the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The<br /> +button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information +for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is +used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even +without a gas change event.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of +the table. To select a cylinder, the <strong>cylinder type</strong> box should be +clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown +list of cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was +used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as +well as its working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in +the dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can +be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, +their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any +inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for +the cylinder, either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell +that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be +added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example +of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one +clicks +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through +a down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used +during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type +in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight +system, the user can either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside +the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than +one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the +top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">4.2.6. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of +the uploaded dives are shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few +items of information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in +the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the +other fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of +the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is +possible that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using +identical equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive +master and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each +of these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical information. This is achieved by +editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain +information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a +particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while +editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several +dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly +the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, +edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only +the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in +the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after +several similar dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a +dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive +components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of +the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to +be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the +<strong>Dive List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be +pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. +All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the +original source dive log.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">4.2.7. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular +events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface +buoy". This is easily done:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up +the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed +on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong> +below).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> + below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> +below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is +shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">4.2.8. Saving the updated dive information</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can +be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> +tab. If the <em>Save</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the +<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted, +although the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be +retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to +confirm that the new data should be saved.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">4.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives +were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need +retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive +log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user +has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then +be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV +log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear +files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can +configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet) +can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also +import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive +computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog +software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the +logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them +from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional +logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it +should be sufficient to select either <em>Import→Import log files</em> or +<em>File→Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive +computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, +<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges +the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or +other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be +significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate entries.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">4.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4> +<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal +interface that is activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then +clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up the dialogue <strong>A</strong> below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of +<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports +available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log + systems) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF-formatted dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poseidon MkVI CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the +imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained +below.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_dive_logs_from_closed_circuit_rebreather_ccr_systems">4.3.2. Importing dive logs from closed circuit rebreather (CCR) systems</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that +has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen +concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled +regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. +Currently, within <em>Subsurface</em>, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best +supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently +experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional +open circuit dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the +download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored +independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log +directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the +same way that it imports dive log data from other databases.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive +information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, +select <em>Import→Import log files</em> to bring up the +<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in the previous +section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown +list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for MkVI +files. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where +the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, one can +select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with +a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, activate the +<em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_dive">Displayed information for a dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In the case of the +Poseidon MKVI, the mean value of the two oxygen sensors are shown. In the +case of the APD equipment, the mean of the three oxygen sensors are +shown. If one sensor shows a very different oxygen PO2 reading compared to +the others, the divergent sensor is ignored. For CCR dives the graph for +oxygen partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint +settings during the dive. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if +applicable) are shown in the usual way as for other dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the +pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressure of the oxygen +cylinder is shown on the dive profile. In addition, start and end pressures +for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by +<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <em>Extra data</em> tab. This may include setup +information or metadata about the dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs can be +found in <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">Appendix B</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">4.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported +into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step +process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log +information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the user’s +desktop, using + a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more +information. +Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a user +account in +<em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then +select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. +The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information +(in <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +Finally, import the dives +from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">4.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The <em>Import→Import form Divelogs.de</em> option should be +selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on +left [<strong>A</strong>] below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the +appropriate fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from +<em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue +box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure +on the right [<strong>B</strong>], below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, +after which the imported dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">4.3.5. Importing data in CSV format</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either +as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed +circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data +in a spreadsheet). For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see +<a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The CSV import has a couple of caveats. You should avoid some special +characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double +quotes ("), the latter if quoting text cells. The file should use UTF-8 +character set, if having non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the CSV file +might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (without dive profile) +has worked previously, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser +used. When having problems with CSV imports, try first with a smaller sample +to make sure everything works.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files are normally organised into a single line that provides the +headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one +record per line. CSV files can be opened with a normal text editor. For +information of how to export a spreadsheet in CSV format see +<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the data to <em>Subsurface</em> one needs to know:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Which character separates the different columns within a single line of +data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character. +This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is +comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly +visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, +the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator, +as in the above example).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? The Dive Time and +Depth columns are always required. Open the file using a text editor and +note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis? +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is +straightforward. Select <em>Import→Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In +the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em>, after which a common +configuration dialog appears for all the files with a CSV extension:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import_CSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are pre-configured definitions for some dive computers, e.g. the APD +rebreathers. If the user’s dive computer is on this list, it should be +selected using the dropdown box labeled <em>Pre-configured imports</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the dive computer is not on the pre-configured list, the user must select +the <em>Field Separator</em> (TAB or comma) for the particular CSV file, using the +appropriate dropdown list. For each data column used for import, the user +must check the appropriate check box and indicate in which column these data +are found.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally <em>OK</em> should be clicked and the dive(s) are imported and listed in +the <strong>Dive List</strong> tab of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingManualCSV">4.3.6. Importing dives from a manually kept CSV file or a spreadsheet</h4> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">CSV is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated +Variables</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the +information using a text editor such as Notebook (Windows), gedit (Linux) or +TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the CSV format is that the +data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and +ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by the any +custom or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into +files. Because of its simplicity the CSV format is used as an interchange +format between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, +statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, +CSV files can also be used to import information from other sources such as +spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most +important attribute of a CSV file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character +used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is +frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When +exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be +specified in order to create the CSV file. CSV files are normally organised +into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data +columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field +name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive +site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives using a +comma as a field separator:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same +information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the +comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB +characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top +line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE +character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in +the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot +be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited +example of a CSV dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive +computer:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files can therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a +<em>Subsurface</em> dive log.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>An important aspect of the CSV format required by <em>Subsurface</em> is the +<em>Column Mapping</em>. In the example from different dive sites above, each line +of data is organised as follows:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Column 1: Dive site (location) +Column 2: Dive date +Column 3: Dive time +Column 4: Dive duration +Column 5: Maximum dive depth (m) +Column 6: Name of dive buddy</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> requires the column number of each of these data items. For +these data the column specification may look like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CSV_column_definition.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV column definition" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Knowledge of a few basic things about he content of the CSV file allows a +smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one keeps dive logs in a spreadsheet, there is an option to import those +dives, exported as a CSV file. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a +spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for information of how to export a spreadsheet in +CSV format. When importing manually kept log files into <em>Subsurface</em>, the +information needed is quite different from that accessible using a dive +computer, as we are importing only summary data, not depth profile samples.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When importing dives in CSV format (see above), one needs to know the +internal format of the CSV data to import.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Which character separates the different columns within a single line of +data? A recommended field separator for the export is TAB, as commas might +be part of the decimal data values themselves. Therefore the use of an +appropriate field separator is very important. When exporting data from a +spreadsheet it is likely to request the user to supply an appropriate field +separator character.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Which columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Currently there are not +any mandatory input fields, but some, e.g. dive duration are crucial for the +log file to make any sense. Possible options can be seen in the image below +and one should include as many as possible of the fields available in the +original log file.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Units used for depth, weight and temperature. We consider depth to be either +feet or meters, weight kilograms or pounds and temperature either Celsius or +Fahrenheit. However, the users can select <em>Metric</em> or <em>Imperial</em> in the +<strong>Preferences</strong> tab of <em>Subsurface</em>. No mixture of unit systems is allowed for +the different fields.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing manually kept CSV log files is quite straight forward, but there +might be many fields and counting the field numbers is error +prone. Therefore validation of the data to be imported is critical.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import the dives, select <em>Import→Import Log Files</em> from the menu bar. If +the CSV option in the dropdown list is selected and the file list includes +file names ending with .CSV, one can select the <em>Manual dives</em> tab that will +bring up the following configuration dialog:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import_CSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialog for Manual CSV logs" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Check the check boxes corresponding to the data in the original import +file. For each of the checked data items, a corresponding column number +needs to be entered. For instance in the image above, the name of the dive +site (i.e. location) is located as the 11th item (or column) on each line +of the CSV import file. The input fields can be configured as appropriate, +and when everything is done the <em>OK</em> button should be selected to perform +the import. New dives should appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> area of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">4.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an Android device with a GPS, the +coordinates for the diving location can be automatically passed to the +<em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on a +dedicated Internet-based file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect the +localities from the file server.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">4.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web +page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> +will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and +Companion App capabilities.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download the app from +<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play +Store</a> or from +<a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_a_smartphone">4.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on a smartphone</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion +page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this +option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with +the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order +to activate the account.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an +email to recover the number.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app +saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the +<em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on +the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting +<em>File→Preferences→Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. +This facilitates synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The +Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without +any dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be +showed with 3 options:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it +is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world +map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the +desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the +marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select +the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the +name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In +order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the +time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and +located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the +stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations, +then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be +sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the +selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the +server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected +location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations +(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are +selected.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations +or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is +changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) +and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either +from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a +location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) +where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When one clicks on a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to +it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive + location. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to +upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by +simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right +arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it +should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to +be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion app</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above +(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The +easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation +email but, of course, users can also type this information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Synchronize on startup.</em> If selected, dive locations in the Android device +and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it +is automatically sent to the server.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service +running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous +collection of GPS locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X +minutes until stopped by the user.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and +50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location +at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> +every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations +are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is +not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the +user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every +50 meters.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to +the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined +settings.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by +resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account +can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own +ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to +download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">4.4.3. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The +download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main +Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the +image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is +blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the +download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can +update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em> +which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new +dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has +entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the +GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive +information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic +assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time +information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide +range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there +is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the +Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons +for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is +the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running +<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included +in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more +subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit +the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading +the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading +GPS data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">TIPS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list +with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point +but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to +delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean +up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web +server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be +necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see +dives in the web service map display (see above).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to +the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name +Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a +dive trip with many dives and dive locations.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">4.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific +dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are +superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">4.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then +right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load +Images</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The +critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the +dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same +dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can +achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to +position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in two ways:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the +difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device +settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of +both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time +difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool +immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below. +If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting +tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. +In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted +7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix +in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a +photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain +the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within +each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses +the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on +the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up +a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the +photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer +appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly +when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo +so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the +date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between +camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a +photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the +date-time on image <strong>B</strong> above.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not +placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30 +minutes of the dive, it is shown.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">4.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the <em>show-photos</em> +button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions + reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail +photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have +been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small +dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one +selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care +is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using +the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">4.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> +tab of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a +dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily +be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually +accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an +indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a +thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a +thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> +window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it +(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This +removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">4.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If +such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be +directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the interaction between +<em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive +profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of +selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the +external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these +photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox +to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot +where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em> +tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If, +later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can +be seen in the normal way.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">4.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">4.6.1. Sidemount dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one +cylinder. Sidemount dive logging involves three steps:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>During the dive, recording cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two +cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different +cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different +<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded +from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean +that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer +has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning +from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the +specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Info Panel</strong> (see +image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported +from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile. +Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then +selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the +currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 +to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive +profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the +profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all +the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures +for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as inthe image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">5. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_dive_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">5.1. The <strong>Dive Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Dive Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive +that has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes +the surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the +dive, the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the +number of oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas +consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank +pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to +<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_extra_data_strong_tab_usually_for_individual_dives">5.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot +easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the +information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often +comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly +times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this +information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing +extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">5.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, +figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of +dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the +minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and +surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and +deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">5.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most +detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on +the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The +functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the +obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates +compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water +column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Colour</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the +graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other +peaks. Mean depth is marked with a horizontal red line.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive +Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of +the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill +the area of the panel efficiently.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values +placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O2, N2, +and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive +computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive +dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of +nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure +graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> +during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature +graphs.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> +during the dive.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> +during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, +Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during +the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when +manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight +line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the +user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when +using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not +relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air +consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times +of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when +the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate +information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart +rate sensor.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using +the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable; +something +that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the +<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is +done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the +user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white +area underneath the two red dots.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by +selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile +indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not +active, the photos are hidden.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent +ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a +diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to +either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to +the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it +available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to +make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also +calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive +profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data +available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the +calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from +<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> +(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates +a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in +non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> +section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by +the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at +each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming +ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly +helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically +encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit +deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop +bottom times.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by +checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a +ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a +particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two +ways:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is +clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the +Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, +then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be +represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In +general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and +helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a +trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder +(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light +blue bar.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure +(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann +ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster +tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the +ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure +limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For +divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of +offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas +pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a +representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast, +the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> +on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at +the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive +profile.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their +depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on +<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently +used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if +the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated +gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the +dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">5.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while +the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the +creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point +changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive +Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the +time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse +button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve +a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being +based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change +events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the +planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an +open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed +circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a +menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all +markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by +selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_information_box_strong">5.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the +dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the +<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see +left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved +around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so +that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information +Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information +box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect +the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see +right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the +situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore, +moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to +show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the +Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling +characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the +dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, +ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, +maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic +depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements +at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated +ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue +compartments.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as +four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum +Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is +dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% +oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk +of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco +Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration +that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does +not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once +one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an +ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes +required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as +decompression time.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air +Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised +respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly +double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication +of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so +that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for +SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox +dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix +dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases +other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the +breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the +same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at +hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air +dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical +air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases +nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect +the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth +equalling the END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of +data.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">5.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if +applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the +dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The +drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of +the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the +light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and +measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green +area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not +indicate absolute pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the +equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually +nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium +combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas +pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total +gas pressure value.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of +inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann +algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to +the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The +appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh +values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of +<strong>Subsurface</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived +M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation +is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the +Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand +side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the +surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the +equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the +tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas +pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast +compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of +the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments +(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of +slowly increasing in pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, +during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 +bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now +exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor +value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in +exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 +minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the +pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in +the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the +diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">6. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">6.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many actions within <em>Subsurface</em> are dependent on a context menu used mostly +to manipulate groups of dives. The context menu is found by selecting a dive +or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_customising_the_information_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">6.1.1. Customising the information showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, +Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This +information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header +bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header +brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see +above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from +the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences +for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> is saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> +is re-opened.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_selecting_dives_from_a_particular_dive_site">6.1.2. Selecting dives from a particular dive site</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the +dives at a particular site. By pressing <em>Ctl-F</em> on the keyboard, a text box +is opened at the top left hand of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Type the name of a dive +site in this text box and the <strong>Dive List</strong> is immediately filtered to show +only the dives for that site.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">6.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low +sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The +numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when +non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not +automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in +date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one +may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting +(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with +respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation +results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">6.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> +can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have +date/times that are not separated in time by more than two days, thus +creating a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive +log. Below is an ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the +corresponding grouped dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the +right):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive +list, (from the Main Menu) users must select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive +List</strong> panel now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">6.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip +title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip +title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Dive +Notes</strong> panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, +the trip location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole +(e.g. the dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface +conditions during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users +should select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> +tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect some of the +edited information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">6.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This +expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during +the trip.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">6.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a user right-clicks after selecting a particular trip in the dive list, +the resulting context menu allows several possibilities to expand or +collapse dives within trips. This includes expanding all trips, collapsing +all trips and collapsing all trips except the selected one.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">6.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By right-clicking on a selected trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, a +context menu shows up that allows the merging of trips by either merging of +the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip above.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">6.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips +(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and +right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the +user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip +above</strong>. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The +figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the +completed action on the right (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">6.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">6.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete +dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short +duration.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">6.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do +this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context +menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now +appear immediately above the trip to which they belonged.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">6.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed +within the trip immediately above the currently active trip. To do this, +select and right-click the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then +select <strong>Add dive(s) to trip immediately above</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">6.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply +to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the +dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select +and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the +context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must +then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be +adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment +should be forwards or backwards.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">6.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the +surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by +the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> +panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the +appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then +selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive +information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that +apply to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two +such dives that were merged:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">6.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select +only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, +dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows +one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave +dives with a particular buddy.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This +opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons +are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The <em>Filter Panel</em> +can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>+</strong>. The +<em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by selecting the middle icon. When +minimised, only these three icons are shown. The panel can be maximised by +clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The filter may also be reset and +closed by selecting the button with the flag. An example of the <em>Filter +Panel</em> is shown in the figure below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person +(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented +by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level +filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that +check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags +check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and +"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search +terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, the check box of at least one item +in one of the four check lists needs to be checked. The dive list is then +shortened to include only the dives that pertain to the selection criteria +specified in the check lists. The four check lists work as a filter with +<em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe +Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters within a category are inclusive - +filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows those dives that have either one or +both of these tags.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">7. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The export function can be reached by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which +brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL +dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of +<em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more +information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many +dive computers and computer programs.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for +<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this +service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> format, that includes the most critical information of the dive +profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, +duration, depth, temperature and pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and +some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with +an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript +must be enabled. This generated HTML file is not intended to be edited by +the users. The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also +contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on +the second tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the +numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered +starting from 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will +be attached with the HTML exports. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive +information will not be available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font +size and theme.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for +instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">8. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a +record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important +information required for admission to further training courses or +(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore +critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home +computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious +solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log +from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this +reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer facilities +to store dive log information on the Internet. Although <em>Subsurface</em> does +not offer integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is simple to achieve +this using several of the existing facilities on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application +that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on +one’s desktop computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content +on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, +the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and +<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the +local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet +connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote +copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated +whenever Internet access is available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly +from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet +access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox +(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> +Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive +log. To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File→Save as</em> from the +<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the +<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File→Open +Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file +in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the +same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">9. Printing a dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a +few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual +information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the +dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users +should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left +of the Dive Profile panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now the print options should be selected to match the user’s needs. To do +this, user should select <em>File→Print</em> from the Main menu. The following +dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PrintDiveLog.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print type</em> users need to select one of three options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Print the complete Dive List: to do this, <em>Table Print</em> should be selected. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6 +dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>6 dives per page</em>. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2 +dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>2 dives per page</em>. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive +per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>1 dive per page</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print options</em> users need to select:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to +activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box <em>Print only +selected dives</em>. +- Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Ordering</em> affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each +dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the +textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual +information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select +the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has +a layout with text below the dive profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on +the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue +can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button in the dialogue. This activates the regular +print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [<strong>B</strong>] in the middle, +above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image +[<strong>C</strong>] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of +the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer +properties. Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small) +example of the output for one particular page.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">10. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can +specify. These are found when selecting <em>File→Preferences</em>. The settings +are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and +<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must +specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved +using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then +leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defaults">10.1. Defaults</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the +<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one need to specify the directory and +file name of one’s +electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When +launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide +dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to +keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in +the dive list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in +the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using +animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to +dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not +happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled +by setting this slider +with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation +at all. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Subsurface web service</strong>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very +long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By +checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID +is saved. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are +cleared and set to default values. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_units">10.2. Units</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio +button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen +measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio +button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric +system and others in imperial.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_graph">10.3. Graph</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of +the dive profile: +<strong>* Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during +the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile</strong> +panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the +Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is +highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. +Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ +from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a +dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show average depth</em>: Activating this checkbox causes <em>Subsurface</em> to draw a red line across +the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Misc</strong>: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is +the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. +At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. +Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a +similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower +the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with +respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient +factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered +harsh. Checking <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the +deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at +all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_language">10.4. Language</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most +cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the +same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some +reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / +country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em> +text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are +several system variants of English or French. This particular preference +requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_network">10.5. Network</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources +on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with +Internet services such as the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or +data export/import from <em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are +determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet +Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate +information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate +information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be +selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and +the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses +authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be +provided so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy +server to access the Internet.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">11. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by +selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of +nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the +addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user +is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly +used under the following conditions:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to +perform dive planning. +- The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the +<em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health +or personal history or life style characteristics. +- The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is + used. +- The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should +not use this feature.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">11.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several +sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered +into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is +divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options +and Dive Notes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of +the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained +below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of +use.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan +Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way +that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning +messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_initiating_dive_planning">11.2. Initiating dive planning</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive planner comprises two parts: <strong>constructing a dive plan</strong> and +<strong>evaluating</strong> that dive plan. To perform dive planning, perform these steps:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clear the existing dive log by creating a new planning log. This is achieved +by selecting <em>File → New logbook</em> from the main menu. This way, dive plans +are kept separate from the existing dive log of completed dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In the top left-hand area of the screen, ensure that the constant dive +parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the dive, +Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive site. The +atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, assuming +an atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the +cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that +cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking +the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work +pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed +empty, the dive gas is assumed to be air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or +helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional +cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dialogue indicating <em>Dive Planner Points</em> is usually not used at this +stage of the dive planning.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_managing_nitrogen_oxygen_and_gas_consumption">11.3. Managing nitrogen, oxygen and gas consumption</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The planning is performed in three stages:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> +panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original specifications in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. +For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. +An excellent non-technical review. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified +for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth +of the dive plan is indicated on the dive profile in the green panel of the dive planner. Ascent rates +at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are +often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em> +is activated, then the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified +in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). +The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression +stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: One needs keep within the limits of the amount of gas contained in the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 20-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess +is not sufficient and one needs to +monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner will calculate the total volume of gas used during the dive and will issue a warning +if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the +dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this +part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to +hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon +activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered +in the green design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white +dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more +waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the +profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the +depth and duration of the dive. If any of the management limits (for +nitrogen, oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile +changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the +table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em> +value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures +specified in the table with <em>Available Gases</em> immediately above the Dive +Planner Points. Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have +been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are +implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to +<em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way points in +order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be +moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints +listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in order +to obtain a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, one can create +the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as +explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions +defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, +automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the +surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas +change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the +appropriate waypoint.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner +points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the +segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last +manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is +computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the +last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero +set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only +considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent +using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em> +button towards the bottom left of the green design panel. The saved dive +plan will appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_plan_details">11.4. The dive plan details</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the +exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified +by checking any of the options under the <em>Dive Notes</em> section of the dive +planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim +diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive +plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded +during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan +information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of +each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration +INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display +transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately +from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">11.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive +List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to +change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on +the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This +will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes +to be made and saved as usual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned +dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is +saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered +two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during +decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">11.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start +Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and +the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, +then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed +and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned +dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the +completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a +template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one +now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the +template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes +into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">11.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive +Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive +Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, +dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and +gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is +being designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive +planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan +Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, +it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas +calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning +process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File→Print</em> +facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and +paste to a word processor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configuring a dive computer</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the +Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, +Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are +supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read +and changed to different values. As a first step, ensure that the +appropriate hardware driver is installed for the dive computer and that the +device name of the dive computer is known. See +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select +<em>File→Configure dive computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the +appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration +panel that opens and select the appropriate dive computer model from the +panel on the lefthand (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following +actions can be performed:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer + to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing this in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the + dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for + a file location and file name for the saved information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it + in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is + loaded into the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">13. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main +Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this +manual dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_file">13.1. File</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and +clear all dive information. +<em>Open logbook</em> - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive +logbook to open. +- <em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook that is currently open. +- <em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name. +- <em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook that is currently open. +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the +selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats. +- <a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook. +- <a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences. +- <a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive + computer. +- <em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_import">13.2. Import</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive +information from a dive computer. +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file +in in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format. +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS +coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app. +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive +information from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_log">13.3. Log</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - This feature allows the planning of dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Re-plan dive</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the + <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - By selecting this option, one + can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, + the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option. +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> +panel. +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into +dive trips. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to + facilitate your logs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific + tags or dive criteria. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_view">13.4. View</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels +simmultaneously. +- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. +- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel. +<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and +past years. +- <em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to previous dive computer. +- <em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer. +- <em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_help">13.5. Help</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as +well as licensing information. +<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is +available on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. +- <em>User Manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">14. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">14.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers +in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive +computer prefers (e.g. bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most + distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load + kernel modules. However, some communication protocols require an additional + driver, especially for rarely used technology such as infra-red. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user + connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the + equipment for the first time. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For +example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive +computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or +similar chip can be found as <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon +Labs document and software repository</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">14.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct +device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the +device select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare +cases where this doesn’t work, here are some suggestions of ways to find out +what the device name is:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected +COM devices.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected +and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in the import +settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct USB port.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users +who are members of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a +member of that group and will not be able to use the USB port. Let us assume +one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod -a +-G dialout johnB</code>) This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group. +Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and +verifies that +the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should +be listed +among the different IDs. +Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after +one logs out and then logs in again.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write +permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one +should be able to import dives.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">14.3. Setting up bluetooth enabled devices</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different +procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow +these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user +guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload +Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer +choose <em>Control Panel→Bluetooth Devices→Add Wireless Device</em>. This should +bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (in Bluetooth mode) and +allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→COM Ports</em> to +identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several ports +listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should +contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer +using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth +Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of +devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only +be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or +Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux</div><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common +distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be +straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon in the upper +right corner of the desktop where one selects <em>Set up New Device</em>. This +should show a dialog where one can select the dive computer (which already +should be in Bluetooth mode) and pair it. If a PIN is required, try +manually setting <em>0000</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In the rare cases where the above is not true, then depending on your +system, try <code>initd</code> or <code>systemd</code>. This might be different and also involve +loading modules specific to your hardware. In case your system is running +<code>systemd</code>, manually run <code>systemctl start bluetooth.service</code> to enable it, in +case of <code>initd</code>, run something like <code>rc.config start bluetoothd</code> or +<code>/etc/init.d/bluetooth start</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One may also use a manual approach by using such commands:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>hciconfig</code> shows the Bluetooth devices available on your computer (not dive +computer), most likely one will see a hci0, if not try <code>hcitool -a</code> to see +inactive devices and run <code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up</code> to bring them up.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>hcitool scanning</code> gets a list of bluetooth enabled client devices, look for +the dive computer and remember the MAC address are shown there</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>bluez-simple-agent hci0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> pairs the dive computer with the +bluetooth stack of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, copy/paste the MAC address +from the output of <em>hcitool scanning</em></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Unfortunately on Linux binding to a communication device has to be done +manually by running:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>rfcomm bind /dev/rfcomm0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> binds the dive computer to a +communication device in the desktop computer, in case rfcomm is already +taken use rfcomm1 or up. IMPORTANT: Copy/paste the MAC address from the +output of <code>hcitool scanning</code>, the MAC address shown above will not work.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading dives in <em>Subsurface</em> specify the device name connected to +the MAC address in the last step above, e.g. <em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">15. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive information.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">15.1. Import from a Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file +system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and +equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very +similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those +that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that +one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the +UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On +Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should +suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis +Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation +(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one +cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on +the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads +dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day +or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> +displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is +straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and +reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this +more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">15.2. Importing dives from the Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between +the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle +based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller +manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics +companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using +the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for +the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the +<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the +<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After +the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device +name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive +computer and download dive information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available +for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">15.3. Importing dives from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF +file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, +so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay +in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco +calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on +the DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_import_from_shearwater_predator_using_bluetooth">15.4. Import from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then +encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like <em>Slip RX: unexp. SLIP +END</em> on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log +software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea +about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved +sometimes by one of these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of + the built-in one of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">15.5. Importing dive logs from the Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom +communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, +obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows +application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive +logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the +IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, +comprising three files:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt +extension) +- Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed +version of the dive log using a proprietary format.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log +information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_dive_logs_from_the_apd_inspiration_ccr">15.6. Importing dive logs from the APD Inspiration CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are +downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained +when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log +Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and +managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types +of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into +<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac). +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text +file with a filename extension of .CSV +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import→Import log files</em> to open the + <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select "<em>CSV + files</em>". +On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created +above. An import dialogue opens. +In the dropdown list on the middle right labeled '<em>Pre-configured imports</em>", +select <em>APD Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select + <em>OK</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">16. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly +performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, +then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more +information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in +some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from +<em>Subsurface</em>. +2. Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to +Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">16.1. Exporting dives from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file +naming conventions to export dive log data.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the +appropriate dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the +last dive +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called + <em>Export Path</em>. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +A file-manager like window pops up +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navigate to the directory for storing the +Divelog.SDE file +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Optionally change the name of the file for saving +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a +divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the +dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make +a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Now open Windows Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use + DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">16.2. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy +of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible +format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and +back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file +DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf. +Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a +file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>. +3. Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +4. The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">16.3. Exporting dives from <strong>DivingLog 5.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences +set on one’s system. So in order for <em>Subsurface</em> to be able to successfully +import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is +configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within +Diving Log by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Units and Language</em> by +clicking the <em>Metric</em> button). Then do the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → XML</em> menu +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the dives to export +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click on the export button and select the filename +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">17. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a +spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily +imported into <em>Subsurface</em> (<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives +from_manually kept CSV file</a>), after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV +file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook +stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from +<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the +procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is +used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that +the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the +information for each dive is stored in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports +many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, +Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data +following a few simple rules:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Unit system: only one unit system shold be used (i.e., no mixture between + imperial and metric units) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_and_em_openoffice_calc_em">17.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open +source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> +and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format +should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one +of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → +Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the +file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> +to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), +then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and +then import the dive data as explained on the section +<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually kept CSV files</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">17.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not +accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft +Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the +Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the +character back to the default character by following the same procedure, +outlined below.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control + Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. +Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then +click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional +Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited + file, type the word TAB in the box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>OK</em> twice. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the +top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the +right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an +alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, +marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that +the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder +that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a +text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section +<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually kept CSV files</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_e_faqs">18. APPENDIX E: FAQs.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_subsurface_appears_to_miscalculate_gas_consumption_and_sac">18.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending +with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> +calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates +gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, +it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas +consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - +end pressure)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive +theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually +don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that +one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong> +calculation is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a +fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do +high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the +majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without +the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The +compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about +eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface +pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or +be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as +mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts +becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts +pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">18.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, +divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer +differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to +trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for +your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - +because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say +it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s +even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW +dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it +at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long +dive”.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2015-01-14 16:18:29 CET +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e458c0c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3553 @@ +:icons: +:toc: +:toc-placement: manual +:numbered: + +image::images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg["Banner", align="center"] + +[big]#MANUEL UTILISATEUR# + +*Auteurs du manuel* : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves + +[blue]#_Version 4.3, Décembre 2014_# + + +Bienvenue en tant qu'utilisateur de _Subsurface_, un programme avancé +d'enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne +infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées +en scaphandre et en apnée. _Subsurface_ offre de nombreux avantages par +rapport à d'autres solutions logicielles similaires : + + - Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, + even not using a dive computer? + - Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary + software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well as + open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus + time-depth recorder in conjunction with a dive computer? _Subsurface_ offers + a standard interface for downloading dive logs from all these different + pieces of equipment and to store and analyse the dive logs within a unified + system. + - Do you use more than one operating system? _Subsurface_ is fully compatible + with Mac, Linux and Windows, allowing you to access your dive log on each of + your operating systems using a single application. + - Do you use Linux or Mac and your dive computer has only Windows-based + software for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? _Subsurface_ + provides a way of downloading and analysing your dive logs on other + operating systems. + - Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with and + takes into account the dives that have already been logged? + +_Subsurface_ binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel +based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. _Subsurface_ can be built +for many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and +libdivecomputer are available. + +The scope of this document is the use of the _Subsurface_ program. To +install the software, consult the _Downloads_ page on the +http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]. Please discuss +issues with this program by sending an email to +mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org[our mailing list] and report bugs +at http://trac.hohndel.org[our bugtracker]. For instructions on how to +build the software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the +INSTALL file included with the source code. + +*Audience*: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional +Divers + +toc::[] + +[[S_UserSurvey]] + +Le sondage utilisateur +---------------------- +In order to develop _Subsurface_ in a way that serves its users in the best +possible way, it is important to have some user information. Upon launching +_Subsurface_ after using this software for a week or so, a one-box user +survey pops up. It is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, +data are sent to the _Subsurface_ development team. Any data that the user +chooses to send is extremely useful, and will only be used to steer future +development and to customise the software to fit the needs of the +_Subsurface_ users. If one completes the survey, or clicks the option not to +be asked again, that should be the last communication of this nature one +receives. However, if one's diving and/or subsurface habits change and one +wishes to provide another survey, this can be done by launching _Subsurface_ +with the _--survey_ option on the command line. + +[[S_StartUsing]] +Start Using the Program +----------------------- + +The _Subsurface_ window is usually divided into four panels with a *Main +Menu* (File Import Log View Filter Help) at the top of the window (for +Windows and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The +four panels are: + +The *Dive List* to the bottom left containing a list of all the dives in the +user's dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by +clicking on it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch +between dives. The *Dive List* is an important tool for manipulating a dive +log. + +The *Dive Map* to the bottom right, showing the user's dive sites on a world +map and centred on the site of the last dive selected in the *Dive List*. + +The *Dive Info* to the top left, giving more detailed information on the +dive selected in the *Dive List*, including some statistics for the selected +dive or for all highlighted dive(s). + +The *Dive Profile* to the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the *Dive List*. + +The dividers between panels can be dragged in order to change the size of +any of the panels. _Subsurface_ remembers the position of the dividers, so +the next time _Subsurface_ starts it uses the positions of the dividers from +when the program was last used. + +If a dive is selected in the *Dive List*, the dive location, detailed +information and profile of the _selected dive_ are shown in the respective +panels. On the other hand, if one highlights more than one dive the last +highlighted dive is the _selected dive_, but summary data of all +_highlighted dives_ are shown in the *Stats* tab of the *Dive Info* panel +(maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water temperatures and SAC; +total time and number of dives selected). + +[[S_ViewPanels]] + +image::images/main_window_f20.jpg["The Main Window", align="center"] + +The user can determine which of the four panels are displayed by selecting +the *View* option on the main menu. This feature gives the user several +choices of display: + +*All*: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above. + +*Divelist*: Show only the Dive List. + +*Profile*: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive. + +*Info*: Show only the Dive Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for +all highlighted dives. + +*Globe*: Show only the world map, centred on the last selected dive. + +Like many other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these +options can be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a +particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu +entries. Since different Operating Systems and the user chosen language may +cause _Subsurface_ to use different shortcut keys they are not listed here +in the user manual. + +When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at +all. This is because the program doesn't have any dive information +available. In the following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook +will be described. + +[[S_NewLogbook]] +Creating a new logbook +---------------------- +Select _File -> New Logbook_ from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so that new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in +an open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved +before a new logbook is created. + +[[S_GetInformation]] +== Storing dive information in the logbook + +Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it. +_Subsurface_ allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed +in the following sections. + +If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of +manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one +of these approaches: + +Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not use a +dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: +xref:S_EnterData[Entering dive information by hand] + +Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet +or as a CSV file. Refer to: xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a +spreadsheet to CSV format] and the text about +xref:S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually created CSV files] +and + +If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the +dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These +dives can be imported from: + +- The divecomputer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive + information from a Dive Computer] or + +Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer +to: xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive information from other +digital data sources or other data formats]. + +Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. See: +xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers +or other dive log software] + + +[[S_EnterData]] +=== Entering dive information by hand + +This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic +record of information within _Subsurface_ is a dive. The most important +information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, +duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive +guide, and some remarks about the dive. _Subsurface_ can store much more +information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log, +select _Log -> Add Dive_ from the Main Menu. The program then shows three +panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the *Dive Info* panel +(*Dive Notes* and *Equipment*), as well as the *Dive Profile* panel that +displays a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively +marked [red]#A#, [red]#B# and [red]#C# in the figure below. Each of these +tabs will now be explained for data entry. + +image::images/AddDive1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Add dive", align="center"] + +When one edits a field in Dive notes or Equipment panels, _Subsurface_ +enters *Editing Mode*, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top +of the _Dive Notes_ panel (see the image below). This message is displayed +in all the panels under Dive notes and Equipment when in *Editing Mode*. + +image::images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg["Blue edit bar", align="center"] + +The _Save_ button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have +been entered. When entering dives by hand, the _Info_, _Equipment_ and +_Profile_ tabs should be completed before saving the information. By +selecting the _Save_ button, a local copy of the information for this +specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program +will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on +disk or not. + +==== Dive Notes + +This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular +dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some +descriptive information. If one clicks on the *Dive Notes* tab, the +following fields are visible: + +image::images/AddDive2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab", align="center"] + +The *Time* field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the +date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct +date. Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and +minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text +box and by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the +present date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time. + +*Air and water temperatures*: the air and water temperatures during the +dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time. +Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by +_Subsurface_. Only the numerical value must be +typed by the user (the units selected in the 'Preferences' +will determine whether metric or imperial units are used). + +*Location*: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake +Balaton, +Hungary". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one +frequently dives at the same sites. + +*Coordinates*: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered +here. These can come from three sources: + +One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part +of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "No +location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive +location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar +disappears and the coordinates are stored. + +The coordinates can be obtained from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if the +user has an Android device with GPS and if the coordinates of the dive site +were stored using that device. xref:S_Companion[Click here for more +information] + +The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four +formats with latitude followed by longitude: + + ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E + Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' + Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" + Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798 + +Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with +a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. + +Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location +name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location +description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all +of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates +the same). + +*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be +entered here. +Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook. + +*Buddy*: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies +(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion +is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook. + +*Suit*: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here. +As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal protection undersuit was used. + +*Rating*: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale. + +*Visibility*: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star. + +*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may +be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, +training, cave etc. _Subsurface_ has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered. +For instance, if +cav+ was typed, then the tags *cave* and *cavern* are +shown for the user to choose from. + +*Notes*: Any additional information can be typed here. + +The *Save* and *Cancel* buttons are used to save all the information for +tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there's no need to +use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a +completed Dive Notes panel: + +image::images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab", align="center"] + +==== Equipment + +The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of +cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a +highly interactive part of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and +gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top +right-hand panel). + +[[S_CylinderData]] +*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this: + +image::images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Initial cylinder dialogue", align="center"] + +The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information +for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder +if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive, +even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted +until another cylinder is created. + +Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To +select a cylinder, click in the *Type* box. This brings up a button that +can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders: + +image::images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg["FIGURE:The cylinder drop-down list button", align="center"] + +The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive +or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options +for the entered characters. The *Size* of the cylinder as well as its +working pressure (*WorkPress*) will automatically be shown in the +dialogue. If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and +description of that cylinder into the *Type* field. + +Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used +during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the +setting in the _Preferences_. + +Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the *O2%* field. If air was used, a +value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If +nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must +be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing +the information for the cylinder, press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click +outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional +cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right +hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made +using two cylinders (air and EAN50): + +image::images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table", align="center"] + +*Weights*: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered +using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user +clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks +like this: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The Weights dialogue", align="center"] + +If one then clicks on the *Type* field, a drop-down list becomes accessible +through a down-arrow: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Weights type drop-down list button", align="center"] + +The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or +the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for +the entered characters. In the *Weight* field, the weight used during the +dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the +user must either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside the cell +that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than +one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the +top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated and a weight belt: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed weights information table", align="center"] + +There's NO need to click the _Save_ button before the dive profile has been +completed. + +[[S_CreateProfile]] +==== Creating a Dive Profile + +The *Dive Profile* (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the +_Subsurface_ window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, +_Subsurface_ presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to +best represent the dive being described: + +image::images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial dive profile", align="center"] + +_Modifying the dive profile_: When the cursor is moved around the dive +profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as +shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at +the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) +on the axes are determined by the *Preference* settings. The dive profile +itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots +on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the +dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints +downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line +segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint, +right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. The +user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for +the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 min, +followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m. + +image::images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Edited dive profile", align="center"] + +_Specifying the gas composition:_ The gas composition used is clearly +indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the +first gas mixture specified in the *Equipment* tab, which was air in the +case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the +dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular +waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing +the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment _to the left_ of +that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the *Equipment* tab +appear in the context menu. + +image::images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Gas composition context menu", align="center"] + +Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air +to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder +in the *Equipment* tab contained air and the second cylinder contained +EAN50. + +image::images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Completed dive profile", align="center"] + +==== Saving the hand-entered dive information + +The information entered in the *Dive Notes* tab, the *Equipment* tab as well +as the *Dive Profile* can now be saved in the user's logbook by using the +two buttons on the top right hand of the Dive Notes tab. If the _Save_ +button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the +_Cancel_ button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When +exiting _Subsurface_, the user will be prompted once more to save the +logbook with the new dive(s). + +[[S_ImportDiveComputer]] +=== Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer + +==== Connecting and importing data from a dive computer. + +The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, +rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. _Subsurface_ can +capture this information and present it as part of the dive information, +using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list +of supported dive computers can be found at: +link:http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[ +Supported dive computers]. + +[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"] +[WARNING] +Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their +PC-Communication mode. **This could drain the dive computer's battery**. We +therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged +when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and +Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users +should refer to the dive computer's manual if they are unsure whether the +dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port. + +To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +_Subsurface_, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate +with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or +mount point) of the computer with _Subsurface_ that communicates with the +dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the +appropriate information to instruct _Subsurface_ where and how to import the +dive information. +xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix +A] provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for +different operating systems and +xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix +B] has dive computer specific information. + +After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user's PC, which can +be achieved by following these steps: + +1. The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) + +2. The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer) + +In _Subsurface_, from the Main Menu, the user must select _Import -> Import +From Dive Computer_. Dialogue *A* in the figure below appears: + + +image::images/ImportFromDC1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Download dialogue 1", align="center"] + +Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even +though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that +reason _Subsurface_ only imports dives that have not been uploaded +before. This makes the download process faster on most dive computers and +also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for those not +charging while connected via USB). If, for some reason, the user wishes to +import ALL dives from the dive computer, even though some may already be in +the logbook, then check the check box labelled _Force download of all +dives_. + +The dialogue has two drop-down lists, *Vendor* and *Dive Computer*. On the +*vendor* drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, +Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the *Dive Computer* drop-down list, the model +name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 +(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares). + +The *Device or Mount Point* drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth +port name that _Subsurface_ needs in order to communicate with the dive +computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult +xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix +A] and +xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix +B] for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for +a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct +settings to the operating system of the computer on which _Subsurface_ is +running. + + - If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox _Force download of all dives_. Normally, _Subsurface_ only + downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the *Dive List* + panel. If one or more of your dives in _Subsurface_ have been accidentally + deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from + the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers + (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to _Subsurface_ before the + download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive + computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check + box. + + - If the checkbox _Always prefer downloaded dives_ has been checked and, + during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer + and on the _Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel, the record in the _Subsurface_ + divelog will be overwritten by the record from the dive computer + + - Do *not* check the checkboxes labelled _Save libdivecomputer logfile_ and + _Save libdivecomputer dumpfile_. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when problems with downloads are experienced (see below). + +The _OK_ button must then be clicked. Dialogue *B* in the figure above +appears. + +With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from +the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number +of recorded dives, this could take some time. The user should be +patient. The _Download_ dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the +dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information could be +inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there is until +all data have been downloaded). When the download of the dive information is +complete, all the imported dives appear in the *Dive List*, sorted by date +and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its +battery power. If a particular dive is selected, the *Dive Profile* panel +shows an informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular +dive. + + +If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error +message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 +Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. + + +**** +*PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?* +[icon="images/icons/important.png"] +[IMPORTANT] +Check the following: + +Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode? + +Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery +must be charged or replaced. + +Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other +software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being +used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean? + +Consult +xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix +A] and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above). + +On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the +USB port? If not, consult +xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix +A] + +If the _Subsurface_ computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing +an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the +most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and +_Subsurface_ computer. It is also possible that the _Subsurface_ computer +cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with +the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed +above: + + Save libdivecomputer logfile + Save libdivecomputer dumpfile + +*Important*: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to +save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the _Subsurface_ +dive log is kept. + +*Important:* _After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the +*Dive List* but two files are created in the folder selected above_: + + subsurface.log + subsurface.bin + +These files should be send to the _Subsurface_ mail list: +_subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_ with a request for the files to be +analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual +information about the dives recorded on the dive computer. +**** + +[[S_DeviceNames]] +==== Changing the name of a dive computer + +It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to _Subsurface_. For instance if one's partner's dive +computer is the same make and model as one's own and dive logs are uploaded +from both dive computers to the same _Subsurface_ computer, then one would +perhaps like to call one dc "Alice's Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob's +Suunto D4". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more +dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. +In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and +another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in _Subsurface_. On the +*Main Menu*, select _Log -> Edit device names_. A dialog opens, indicating +the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for +upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After +saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular +device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices. + +[[S_EditDiveInfo]] +==== Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer. + +The information from the dive computer is not complete and more details must +be added in order to have a fuller record of the dives. To do this, the +*Dive Notes* and the *Equipment* tabs on the top left hand of the +_Subsurface_ window should be used. + +==== Dive Notes + +The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature is +shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add +additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive +record. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited in any way, the +message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is +being edited. If one clicks on the *Dive Notes* tab, the following fields +are visible: + +image::images/AddDive3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab", align="center"] + +The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the +date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct +date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes) +can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and +by overtyping the information displayed. + +*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer. +If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as +the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +_Subsurface_ (according to the _Preferences_, metric or imperial units will +be used). + +*Location*: In this field one should type in text that describes the site +where the dive was performed, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". +Auto completion of location names will +make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites. + +*Coordinates*: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered +here. These can come from three sources: + +The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand +part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "Move +the map and double-click to set the dive location". Double-click at the +appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are stored. + +The user can obtain the coordinates from the _Subsurface_ Companion app if +an Android device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the dive site +were stored using that device. xref:S_Companion[Click here for more +information] + +The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four +formats with latitude followed by longitude: + + ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E + Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' + Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" + Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798 + +Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with +a *W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. + +Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location +name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location +description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all +of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates +the same). + +*Divemaster*: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be +entered in this field +which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook. + +*Buddy*: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies +(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the +dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered. + +*Suit*: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered. +Auto completion of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal protection undersuit was used. + +*Rating*: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale. + +*Visibility*: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star. + +*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +_Subsurface_ has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user +typed ++cav+, then the tags *cave* and *cavern* are shown for the user to choose from. + +*Notes*: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here. + +The *Save* and *Cancel* buttons are used to save all the information for +tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there's no need to +use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a +completed Dive Notes panel: + +image::images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab", align="center"] + +==== Equipment + +The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder +and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue +box at the top of the panel: + +image::images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Blue edit bar", align="center"] + +indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part +of _Subsurface_ and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) +determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel). + +*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this: + +image::images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue", align="center"] + +In most cases _Subsurface_ obtains the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The + +button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this +dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information +for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is +used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even +without a gas change event. + +The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of +the table. To select a cylinder, the *cylinder type* box should be +clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown +list of cylinders: + +image::images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button", align="center"] + +The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was +used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. The *Size* of the cylinder as +well as its working pressure (*WorkPress*) will automatically be shown in +the dialogue. + +Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the _Preferences_. + +Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can +be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, +their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any +inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for +the cylinder, either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside the cell +that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be +added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example +of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50): + +image::images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table", align="center"] + +*Weights*: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one +clicks +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg["FIGURE:The Weights dialogue", align="center"] + +By clicking on the *Type* field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through +a down-arrow: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button", align="center"] + +The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used +during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the +available options for the entered characters. In the *Weight* field, type +in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight +system, the user can either press _ENTER_ on the keyboard or click outside +the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than +one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the +top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the +left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of +weights: integrated as well as a weight belt: + +image::images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed weights information table", align="center"] + +==== Editing several selected dives simultaneously + +_METHOD 1_: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of +the uploaded dives are shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well as a few +items of information in the *Dive Notes* tab (e.g. water temperature) and in +the *Equipment* tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the +other fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of +the fields in the *Dive Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. For instance, it is +possible that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using +identical equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive +master and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each +of these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the +*Dive List* and insert the same information in the *Dive Notes* and +*Equipment* fields that need identical information. This is achieved by +editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives. + +The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain +information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a +particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while +editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several +dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains _exactly +the same information_ for all the dives that have been selected, the new, +edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only +the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in +the *Dive List*. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after +several similar dives. + +[[S_CopyComponents]] +_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a +dive with all the appropriate information typed into the *Dive Notes* and +*Equipment* tabs. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Copy dive +components_. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of +the fields in the *Dive Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. Select the fields to +be copied from the currently selected dive, then select _OK_. Now, in the +*Dive List*, select the dives into which this information is to be +pasted. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Paste dive components_. +All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the +original source dive log. + +==== Adding Bookmarks to a dive + +Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular +events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface +buoy". This is easily done: + +Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up +the dive profile context menu. Select _Add bookmark_. A red flag is placed +on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see *A* +below). + + - Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see *B* + below). Select _Edit name_. + +A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see *C* +below). Select _OK_. This saves the text associated with the bookmark. + +If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is +shown at the bottom of the information box (see *D* below). + +image::images/Bookmarks.jpg["FIGURE: Bookmark dialog", align="center"] + + +==== Saving the updated dive information + +The information entered in the *Dive Notes* tab and the *Equipment* tab can +be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the *Dive Notes* +tab. If the _Save_ button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the +_Cancel_ button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted, +although the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be +retained. When the user exits _Subsurface_ there is a final prompt to +confirm that the new data should be saved. + +=== Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats + +[[S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs]] + +If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives +were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need +retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into +_Subsurface_. _Subsurface_ will import dive logs from a range of other dive +log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user +has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then +be imported by _Subsurface_. Currently, _Subsurface_ supports importing CSV +log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear +files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can +configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet) +can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. _Subsurface_ can also +import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive +computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog +software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the +logbooks first into a webservice like _divelogs.de_ and then import them +from there with _Subsurface_, as divelogs.de supports a few additional +logbook formats that _Subsurface_ currently cannot parse. + +If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it +should be sufficient to select either _Import->Import log files_ or +_File->Open log file_. _Subsurface_ supports the data formats of many dive +computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, +_Subsurface_ tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges +the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or +other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be +significantly different) _Subsurface_ will not create duplicate entries. + +==== Using the universal import dialogue +[[Unified_import]] + +Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal +interface that is activated by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then +clicking on _Import Log Files_. This brings up the dialogue *A* below. + +image::images/Import1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1", align="center"] + +Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of +_Dive Log Files_ which gives access to the different types of direct imports +available, as in dialogue *B*, above. Currently these are: + + - XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log + systems) + - UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) + - UDCF-formatted dive logs + - Poseidon MkVI CCR logs + - JDiveLog + - Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) + - CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs + +Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the +imported dive log in the _Subsurface_ *Dive List*. Some other formats, not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained +below. + +==== Importing dive logs from closed circuit rebreather (CCR) systems + +[icon="images/APD.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that +has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen +concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled +regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. +Currently, within _Subsurface_, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best +supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently +experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional +open circuit dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the +download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored +independently. This means that _Subsurface_ cannot download a dive log +directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the +same way that it imports dive log data from other databases. + +===== Import a CCR dive + +See the section dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive +information from other digital sources]. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, +select _Import->Import log files_ to bring up the +xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue]. As explained in the previous +section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown +list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for MkVI +files. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where +the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, one can +select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with +a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, activate the +_Open_ button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. + +===== Displayed information for a dive + +_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In the case of the +Poseidon MKVI, the mean value of the two oxygen sensors are shown. In the +case of the APD equipment, the mean of the three oxygen sensors are +shown. If one sensor shows a very different oxygen PO2 reading compared to +the others, the divergent sensor is ignored. For CCR dives the graph for +oxygen partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint +settings during the dive. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if +applicable) are shown in the usual way as for other dives. + +_Cylinder pressures_: CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the +pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressure of the oxygen +cylinder is shown on the dive profile. In addition, start and end pressures +for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the _Equipment Tab_. + +_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by +_Subsurface_ is shown in the _Extra data_ tab. This may include setup +information or metadata about the dive. + +More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs can be +found in xref:S_PoseidonMkVI[Appendix B]. + +==== Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1 + +Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported +into _Subsurface_. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step +process, using _www.divelogs.de_ as a mechanism to extract the dive log +information. + +The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the user's +desktop, using + a _.sdf_ file name extension. Refer to xref:Mares_Export[Appendix C] for more +information. +Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. One needs to create a user +account in +_www.divelogs.de_, log into that web site, then +select _Import Logbook -> Dive Organiser_ from the menu on the left hand side. +The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information +(in _.sdf_ format) from the Dive Organiser database to _www.divelogs.de_. +Finally, import the dives +from _divelogs.de_ to _Subsurface_, using the instructions below. + + +[[S_ImportingDivelogsDe]] +==== Importing dives from *divelogs.de* + +The import of dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The _Import->Import form Divelogs.de_ option should be +selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on +left [*A*] below). Enter a user-ID and password for _divelogs.de_ into the +appropriate fields and then select the _Download_ button. Download from +_divelogs.de_ starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue +box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure +on the right [*B*], below). The _Apply_ button should then be selected, +after which the imported dives appear in the _Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel. + +image::images/Divelogs1.jpg["FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de", align="center"] + +[[S_ImportingCSVData]] +==== Importing data in CSV format + +A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either +as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed +circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data +in a spreadsheet). For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see +xref:S_CSV_Intro[A Diver's Introduction To CSV Files]. + +[icon="images/icons/important.png"] +[IMPORTANT] +The CSV import has a couple of caveats. You should avoid some special +characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double +quotes ("), the latter if quoting text cells. The file should use UTF-8 +character set, if having non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the CSV file +might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (without dive profile) +has worked previously, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser +used. When having problems with CSV imports, try first with a smaller sample +to make sure everything works. + +[[S_ImportingCSVDives]] +===== Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software + +CSV files are normally organised into a single line that provides the +headers (or _field names_) of the data columns, followed by the data, one +record per line. CSV files can be opened with a normal text editor. For +information of how to export a spreadsheet in CSV format see +xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format]. + +Before being able to import the data to _Subsurface_ one needs to know: + +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of +data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character. +This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is +comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly +visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, +the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator, +as in the above example). + +Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? The Dive Time and +Depth columns are always required. Open the file using a text editor and +note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions. + +c. Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis? + +Armed with this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is +straightforward. Select _Import->Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In +the resulting file selection menu, select _CSV files_, after which a common +configuration dialog appears for all the files with a CSV extension: + +image::images/Import_CSV1.jpg["FIGURE: CSV download dialogue", align="center"] + +There are pre-configured definitions for some dive computers, e.g. the APD +rebreathers. If the user's dive computer is on this list, it should be +selected using the dropdown box labeled _Pre-configured imports_. + +If the dive computer is not on the pre-configured list, the user must select +the _Field Separator_ (TAB or comma) for the particular CSV file, using the +appropriate dropdown list. For each data column used for import, the user +must check the appropriate check box and indicate in which column these data +are found. + +Finally _OK_ should be clicked and the dive(s) are imported and listed in +the *Dive List* tab of _Subsurface_. + + +[[S_ImportingManualCSV]] +==== Importing dives from a manually kept CSV file or a spreadsheet + +[[S_CSV_Intro]] +**** +*A Diver's Introduction To CSV Files* +[icon="images/icons/important.png"] +[IMPORTANT] + +CSV is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated +Variables_. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the +information using a text editor such as Notebook (Windows), gedit (Linux) or +TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the CSV format is that the +data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and +ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by the any +custom or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into +files. Because of its simplicity the CSV format is used as an interchange +format between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, +statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within _Subsurface_, +CSV files can also be used to import information from other sources such as +spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers. + +CSV files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most +important attribute of a CSV file is the _field separator_, the character +used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is +frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When +exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be +specified in order to create the CSV file. CSV files are normally organised +into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_) of the data +columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field +name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance _Dive +site_, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives using a +comma as a field separator: + + Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy + Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith + Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald + Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht + Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo + +In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same +information in TAB-delimited format: + + Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy + Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith + Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald + Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht + Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo + +It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the +comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB +characters. For instance, the space between _Dive_ and _date_ in the top +line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE +character: the tabs are before and after _Dive date_). If the field names in +the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot +be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited +example of a CSV dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive +computer: + + Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) + 0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 + 0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 + 0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 + 0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 + 0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 + 10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 + 20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 + 30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 + 40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5 + +CSV files can therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a +_Subsurface_ dive log. + +An important aspect of the CSV format required by _Subsurface_ is the +_Column Mapping_. In the example from different dive sites above, each line +of data is organised as follows: + + Column 1: Dive site (location) + Column 2: Dive date + Column 3: Dive time + Column 4: Dive duration + Column 5: Maximum dive depth (m) + Column 6: Name of dive buddy + +_Subsurface_ requires the column number of each of these data items. For +these data the column specification may look like this: + +image::images/CSV_column_definition.jpg["FIGURE: CSV column definition", align="center"] + +Knowledge of a few basic things about he content of the CSV file allows a +smooth import of the dives into _Subsurface_. + +**** + +If one keeps dive logs in a spreadsheet, there is an option to import those +dives, exported as a CSV file. See xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a +spreadsheet to CSV format] for information of how to export a spreadsheet in +CSV format. When importing manually kept log files into _Subsurface_, the +information needed is quite different from that accessible using a dive +computer, as we are importing only summary data, not depth profile samples. + +When importing dives in CSV format (see above), one needs to know the +internal format of the CSV data to import. + +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of +data? A recommended field separator for the export is TAB, as commas might +be part of the decimal data values themselves. Therefore the use of an +appropriate field separator is very important. When exporting data from a +spreadsheet it is likely to request the user to supply an appropriate field +separator character. + +Which columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Currently there are not +any mandatory input fields, but some, e.g. dive duration are crucial for the +log file to make any sense. Possible options can be seen in the image below +and one should include as many as possible of the fields available in the +original log file. + +Units used for depth, weight and temperature. We consider depth to be either +feet or meters, weight kilograms or pounds and temperature either Celsius or +Fahrenheit. However, the users can select _Metric_ or _Imperial_ in the +*Preferences* tab of _Subsurface_. No mixture of unit systems is allowed for +the different fields. + +Importing manually kept CSV log files is quite straight forward, but there +might be many fields and counting the field numbers is error +prone. Therefore validation of the data to be imported is critical. + +To import the dives, select _Import->Import Log Files_ from the menu bar. If +the CSV option in the dropdown list is selected and the file list includes +file names ending with .CSV, one can select the _Manual dives_ tab that will +bring up the following configuration dialog: + +image::images/Import_CSV2.jpg["FIGURE: Download dialog for Manual CSV logs", align="center"] + +Check the check boxes corresponding to the data in the original import +file. For each of the checked data items, a corresponding column number +needs to be entered. For instance in the image above, the name of the dive +site (i.e. location) is located as the 11th item (or column) on each line +of the CSV import file. The input fields can be configured as appropriate, +and when everything is done the _OK_ button should be selected to perform +the import. New dives should appear in the *Dive List* area of _Subsurface_. + + +[[S_Companion]] +=== Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile phones + +Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an Android device with a GPS, the +coordinates for the diving location can be automatically passed to the +_Subsurface_ dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on a +dedicated Internet-based file server. _Subsurface_, in turn, can collect the +localities from the file server. + +To do this: + +==== Create a Companion App account + +Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web +page_]. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID* +will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and +Companion App capabilities. + +Download the app from +https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface[Google Play +Store] or from +http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface[F-Droid]. + +==== Using the Subsurface companion app on a smartphone + +On first use the app has three options: + +_Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in _Subsurface_ companion +page using an Internet browser. One can request a *DIVERID* using this +option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with +the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web page_] in order +to activate the account. + +_Retrieve an account._ If users forgot their *DIVERID* they will receive an +email to recover the number. + +_Use an existing account._ Users are prompted for their *DIVERID*. The app +saves this *DIVERID* and does not ask for it again unless one uses the +_Disconnect_ menu option (see below). + +[icon="images/icons/important.png"] +[IMPORTANT] +In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on +the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting +_File->Preferences->Defaults_ from the main menu in _Subsurface_ itself. +This facilitates synchronisation between _Subsurface_ and the Companion App. + +===== Creating new dive locations + +Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The +Android display will look like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without +any dives. + +Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be +showed with 3 options: + +Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it +is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. + +Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world +map. A world map is shown (see *B* below) on which one should indicate the +desired position with a _long press_ on the touch sensitive screen (if the +marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select +the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the +name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see *C* below). In +order to import this dive location in _Subsurface_ it's advisable to set the +time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer. + +image::images/Companion_5.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map", align="center"] + + +Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and +located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the +stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations, +then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be +sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device. + +===== Dive lists of dive locations + +The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the +selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the +server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected +location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations +(such as _Delete_ or _Send_) are performed on several locations that are +selected. + +Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations +or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is +changed by selecting _Dives_ at the top left of the screen (see *A* below) +and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either +from the list of locations or from the map (see *B* below). If one selects a +location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see *C* below) +where the dive description or other details may be changed. + +image::images/Companion_4.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map", align="center"] + + +When one clicks on a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the name given to +it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen: + +- Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive + location. + +- Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. + +After editing and saving a dive location (see *C* above), one needs to +upload it to the web service, as explained below. + +===== Uploading dive locations + +There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by +simply selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right +arrow at the top right of the screen. + +[icon="images/icons/important.png"] +[IMPORTANT] +Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it +should; it deletes the selected dive location(s). + +image::images/Companion_1.jpg["FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app", align="center"] + + +After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to +be downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below). + + +===== Settings on the Companion app + +Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above +(*B*). + +===== Server and account + +- _Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/) + +_User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The +easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation +email but, of course, users can also type this information. + +===== Synchronisation + +_Synchronize on startup._ If selected, dive locations in the Android device +and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started. + +_Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it +is automatically sent to the server. + +===== Background service +Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service +running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous +collection of GPS locations. + + +The settings below define the behaviour of the service: + +_Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X +minutes until stopped by the user. + +- _Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. + +- _Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations. + +[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"] +[TIP] +_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and +50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location +at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* +every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations +are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is +not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the +user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every +50 meters. + +===== Other + +_Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to +the Subsurface mailing list. + +- _Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web + +- _Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App. + +===== Search + +Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time. + +===== Start service + +Initiates the _background service_ following the previously defined +settings. + +===== Disconnect + +This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by +resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account +can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own +ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user's Android device was used to +download the dive locations of another registered diver. + +===== Send all locations + +This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server. + + +==== Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog + +Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The +download dialog can be reached via _Ctrl+G_ or from the _Subsurface_ Main +Menu _Import -> Import GPS data from Subsurface Service_, resulting in the +image on the left (*A*), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is +blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the _Download_ button to initiate the +download process, after which the screen on the right (*B*) below appears: + +image::images/DownloadGPS.jpg["FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data", align="center"] + +Note that the _Apply_ button is now active. By clicking on it, users can +update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_ +which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new +dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has +entered the name of the dive location in _Subsurface_ before downloading the +GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one. + +Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive +information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic +assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time +information between these two devices. Although _Subsurface_ has a wide +range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there +is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the +Android device, resulting in no updates. + +Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons +for this (e.g. time zones), or _Subsurface_ may be unable to decide which is +the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running +_background service_ there may be several locations that would be included +in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more +subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit +the date-time of a dive in the _Subsurface_ Dive List *before* downloading +the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again *after* downloading +GPS data. + +[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"] +[NOTE] +TIPS: + +_Background service_, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list +with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point +but reflecting the boat's route. Currently these locations are difficult to +delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean +up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web +server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be +necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see +dives in the web service map display (see above). + +It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to +the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the _Name +Template_ setting while running the _background service_, especially on a +dive trip with many dives and dive locations. + +[[S_LoadImage]] +=== Adding photographs to dives + +Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific +dive. _Subsurface_ allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are +superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed. + +==== Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera + +Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then +right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option _Load +Images_: + +image::images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Load images option", align="center"] + +The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button. + +image::images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Load images option", align="center"] + +This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The +critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the +dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same +dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If _Subsurface_ can +achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to +position photographs on the dive profile. + +_Subsurface_ achieves this synchronisation in two ways: + +*Manually*: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the +difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device +settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of +both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time +difference in the _Time shift_ dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool +immediately under the heading _Shift times of image(s) by_, evident in figure *A* below. +If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting +tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the _earlier_ or _later_ radio button. +In the above example, the _earlier_ option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted +7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix +in that tool. Click the _OK_ button and synchronisation is achieved. + +image::images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog", align="center"] + + +*By photograph*: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a +photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then _Subsurface_ can obtain +the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within +each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses +the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on +the horizontal bar entitled "_Select image of divecomputer showing time_. This brings up +a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the +photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer +appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly +when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo +so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the +date-time tool has been set, _Subsurface_ knows exactly what the time difference between +camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a +photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the +date-time on image *B* above. + +If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not +placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30 +minutes of the dive, it is shown. + +==== Viewing the photos + +In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the _show-photos_ +button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile: + +image::images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png["FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button", align="left"] + +After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places: + + - the _Photos_ tab of the *Dive Notes* panel. + - as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions + reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below: + +image::images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Photos on dive profile", align="center"] + +If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail +photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below: + +image::images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile", align="center"] + +Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the +_Subsurface_ window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have +been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small +dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one +selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care +is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using +the _Photos_ tab (see text below). + +image::images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile", align="center"] + +==== The _Photos_ tab + +Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_ +tab of the _Dive Notes_ panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a +dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily +be accessed in the _Photos_ tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually +accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an +indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a +thumbnail in the _Photos_ panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a +thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the _Subsurface_ +window. A photo can be deleted from the _Photos_ panel by selecting it +(single-click) and then by pressing the _Del_ key on the keyboard. This +removes the photo both from the _Photos_ tab as well as the dive profile. + +==== Photos on an external hard disk + +Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If +such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be +directly accessed by _Subsurface_. This facilitates the interaction between +_Subsurface_ and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive +profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of +selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the +external drive has been disconnected, _Subsurface_ cannot access these +photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox +to the left of the _Dive Profile_), the program only shows a small white dot +where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the _Photos_ +tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If, +later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can +be seen in the normal way. + + +=== Logging special types of dives + +==== Sidemount dives + +_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one +cylinder. Sidemount dive logging involves three steps: + +*During the dive, recording cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two +cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, _Subsurface_ distinguishes among these different +cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different +_gases_ used, not among different _cylinders_ used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded +from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean +that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer +has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning +from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +*Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver needs to provide the +specifications of the different cylinders, using the *Equipment* tab of the *Dive Info Panel* (see +image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +*Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the dive log has been imported +from a dive computer into _Subsurface_, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile. +Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then +selecting _Add gas change_. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the +currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 +to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive +profile with a cylinder symbol. If the *Tank Bar* is activated using the toolbar to the left of the +profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all +the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures +for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as inthe image below. + +image::images/sidemount1.jpg["FIGURE: Sidemount profile", align="center"] + +== Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook + +=== The *Dive Info* tab (for individual dives) + +The Dive Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive +that has been selected in the *Dive List*. Useful information here includes +the surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the +dive, the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the +number of oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred. + +[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Gas consumption and SAC calculations: _Subsurface_ calculates SAC and Gas +consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank +pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to +xref:SAC_CALCULATION[Appendix D] for more information. + +=== The *Extra Data* tab (usually for individual dives) + +When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot +easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the +information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often +comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly +times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this +information is presented in the *Extra Data* tab. Below is an image showing +extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather. + +image::images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Extra Data tab", align="center"] + +=== The *Stats* tab (for groups of dives) + +The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the *Dive List* using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, +figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of +dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the +minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and +surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and +deepest dives of those selected. + +[[S_DiveProfile]] +=== The *Dive Profile* + +image::images/Profile2.jpg["Typical dive profile", align="center"] + +Of all the panels in _Subsurface_, the Dive Profile contains the most +detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a *button bar* on +the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The +functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the +obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates +compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water +column. This information is given using different colours: +|==================== +|*Colour*|*Descent speed (m/min)*|*Ascent speed (m/min)* +|Red|> 30|> 18 +|Orange|18 - 30|9 - 18 +|Yellow|9 - 18|4 - 9 +|Light green|1.5 - 9|1.5 - 4 +|Dark green|< 1.5|< 1.5 +|===================== + +The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the +graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other +peaks. Mean depth is marked with a horizontal red line. + +[icon="images/icons/scale.jpg"] +[NOTE] +In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the *Dive +Profile* panel. Clicking the *Scale* button in the toolbar on the left of +the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill +the area of the panel efficiently. + +*Water temperature* is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values +placed adjacent to significant changes. + +The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures* of O2, N2, +and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive +computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive +dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of +nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure +graphs are shown below the profile data. + +[icon="images/icons/O2.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *oxygen* +during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature +graphs. + +[icon="images/icons/N2.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *nitrogen* +during the dive. + +[icon="images/icons/He.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *helium* +during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, +Helitrox or similar breathing gasses. + +The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during +the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when +manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight +line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the +user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when +using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not +relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air +consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times +of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when +the diver was using less gas than average. + +[icon="images/icons/Heartbutton.png"] +[NOTE] +Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate +information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart +rate sensor. + +It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by using +the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +_Subsurface_ always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable; +something +that free divers clearly won’t care about. + +image::images/MeasuringBar.png["FIGURE: Measuring Bar", align="center"] + +[icon="images/icons/ruler.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the +*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is +done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the +user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white +area underneath the two red dots. + +[icon="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"] +[NOTE] +Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by +selecting the *Show-photo* button. The position of a photo on the profile +indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not +active, the photos are hidden. + + +The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent +ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a +diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to +either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to +the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it +available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to +make this very useful data available to divelog software. _Subsurface_ also +calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive +profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data +available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the +calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from +_Subsurface_ are the same, even if the same algorithm and _gradient factors_ +(see below) are used. It is also quite common that _Subsurface_ calculates +a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in +non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the [green]#dark green# +section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by +the fact that _Subsurface’s_ calculations describe the deco obligation at +each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming +ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly +helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically +encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit +deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop +bottom times. + +[icon="images/icons/cceiling.jpg"] +[NOTE] +If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +_Subsurface_ during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by +checking *Dive computer reported ceiling* button on the Profile Panel. + +[icon="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"] +[NOTE] +If the *Calculated ceiling* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a +ceiling, calculated by _Subsurface_, is shown in green if it exists for a +particular dive (*A* in figure below). This setting can be modified in two +ways: + +[icon="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"] +[NOTE] +If, in addition, the *show all tissues* button on the Profile Panel is +clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the +Bühlmann model (*B* in figure below). + +[icon="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"] +[NOTE] +If, in addition, the *3m increments* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, +then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (*C* in figure below). + +image::images/Ceilings2.jpg["Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution", align="center"] + +[icon="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"] +[NOTE] +By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be +represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the *Dive Profile*. In +general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and +helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a +trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder +(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light +blue bar. + +image::images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg["Figure: Cylinder use graph", align="center"] + + +[icon="images/tissues.jpg"] + +[NOTE] +Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure +(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann +ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster +tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the +ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure +limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the *Preferences*. For +divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of +offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas +pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a +representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast, +the xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure Graph] in the *Information Box* +on the *Dive Profile* is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at +the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive +profile. + +image::images/tissuesGraph.jpg["Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph", align="center"] + +Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their +depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on +xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings]. The currently +used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if +the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. *N.B.:* The indicated +gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by _Subsurface_ to calculate deco obligations during the +dive. For more information external to this manual see: + + ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.] + + ** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts] + + +=== The Dive Profile context menu + +The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while +the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the +creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point +changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive +Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the +time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse +button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve +a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being +based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change +events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the +planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an +open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed +circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a +menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all +markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by +selecting Unhide all events from the context menu. + +=== The *Information Box* + +The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the +dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the +*Dive Profile* panel. If the mouse points outside of the *Dive Profile* +panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see +left-hand part of figure (*A*) below). The Information Box can be moved +around in the *Dive Profile* panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so +that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information +Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses. + +image::images/InfoBox2.jpg["Figure: Information Box", align="center"] + +The moment the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information +box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect +the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see +right-hand part of figure (*B*) above where the Information Box reflects the +situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore, +moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to +show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the +Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling +characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the +dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, +ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, +maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic +depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements +at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated +ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue +compartments. + +The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as +four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are: + +[icon="images/icons/MOD.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Maximum +Operating Depth (MOD)* of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is +dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% +oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk +of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity. + +[icon="images/icons/NDL.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *No-deco +Limit (NDL)* or the *Total Time to Surface (TTS)*. NDL is the time duration +that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does +not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once +one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an +ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes +required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as +decompression time. + +[icon="images/icons/SAC.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Surface Air +Consumption (SAC)*. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised +respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly +double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication +of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so +that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for +SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min. + +[icon="images/icons/EAD.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Clicking this button displays the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for nitrox +dives as well as the *Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix +dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases +other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the +breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the +same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at +hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air +dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical +air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases +nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect +the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth +equalling the END. + +Figure (*B*) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of +data. + +[[S_gas_pressure_graph]] +==== The Gas Pressure Bar Graph + +On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph indicating the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if +applicable) that the diver was inhaling _at a particular instant during the +dive_, indicated by the position of the cursor on the *Dive Profile*. The +drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of +the Gas Pressure Bar Graph. + +image::images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg["FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph", align="center"] + +The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the +light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and +measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green +area. This pressure has a _relative_ value in the graph and does not +indicate absolute pressure. + +The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the +equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually +nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium +combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas +pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total +gas pressure value. + +The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of +inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann +algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side. + +The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to +the depth of the diver at the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The +appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh +values specified in the Graph tab of the *Preferences Panel* of +*Subsurface*. + +The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived +M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation +is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness. + +These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the +Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand +side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32. + +Graph *A* indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the +surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the +equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place. + +Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the +tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas +pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure. + +Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast +compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of +the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments +(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of +slowly increasing in pressure. + +Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, +during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 +bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now +exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor +value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in +exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. + +Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 +minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the +pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in +the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the +diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph *D*. + + + +== Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives) + +=== The Dive List context menu + +Many actions within _Subsurface_ are dependent on a context menu used mostly +to manipulate groups of dives. The context menu is found by selecting a dive +or a group of dives and then right-clicking. + +image::images/ContextMenu.jpg["Figure: Context Menu", align="center"] + +The context menu is used in many manipulations described below. + +==== Customising the information showed in the *Dive List* panel + +image::images/DiveListOptions.jpg["Example: Dive list info options", align="center"] + +The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive, +Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This +information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header +bar of the *Dive List*. For instance, a right-click on the 'Date' header +brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see +above). Select an item to be shown in the *Dive List* or to be deleted from +the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences +for information shown in the *Dive List* is saved and used when _Subsurface_ +is re-opened. + +==== Selecting dives from a particular dive site + +Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the +dives at a particular site. By pressing _Ctl-F_ on the keyboard, a text box +is opened at the top left hand of the *Dive List*. Type the name of a dive +site in this text box and the *Dive List* is immediately filtered to show +only the dives for that site. + +[[S_Renumber]] +=== Renumbering the dives + +Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low +sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The +numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when +non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not +automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in +date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one +may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting +(from the Main Menu) _Log -> Renumber_. Users are given a choice with +respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation +results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the +*Dive List* panel. + +[[S_Group]] +=== Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips + +For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_ +can group dives into _trips_. It performs this by grouping dives that have +date/times that are not separated in time by more than two days, thus +creating a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive +log. Below is an ungrouped dive list (*A*, on the left) as well as the +corresponding grouped dive list comprising five dive trips (*B*, on the +right): + +image::images/Group2.jpg["Figure: Grouping dives", align="center"] + +Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive +list, (from the Main Menu) users must select _Log -> Autogroup_. The *Dive +List* panel now shows only the titles for the trips. + +==== Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip + +Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip +title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip +title from the *Dive List*. This shows a *Trip Notes* tab in the *Dive +Notes* panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, +the trip location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole +(e.g. the dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface +conditions during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users +should select *Save* from the buttons at the top right of the *Trip Notes* +tab. The trip title in the *Dive List* panel should now reflect some of the +edited information. + +==== Viewing the dives during a particular trip + +Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This +expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during +the trip. + +==== Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips + +If a user right-clicks after selecting a particular trip in the dive list, +the resulting context menu allows several possibilities to expand or +collapse dives within trips. This includes expanding all trips, collapsing +all trips and collapsing all trips except the selected one. + +==== Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip + +By right-clicking on a selected trip title in the *Dive List* panel, a +context menu shows up that allows the merging of trips by either merging of +the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip above. + +==== Splitting a single trip into more than one trip + +If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips +(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and +right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the +user to create a new trip by choosing the option *Create new trip +above*. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The +figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the +completed action on the right (B): + +image::images/SplitDive3a.jpg["FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips", align="center"] + +=== Manipulating single dives + +==== Delete a dive from the dive log + +Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting *Delete +dive(s)*. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short +duration. + +==== Unlink a dive from a trip + +Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do +this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context +menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now +appear immediately above the trip to which they belonged. + +==== Add a dive to the trip immediately above + +Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed +within the trip immediately above the currently active trip. To do this, +select and right-click the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then +select *Add dive(s) to trip immediately above*. + +==== Shift the start time of dive(s) + +Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply +to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the +dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select +and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the +context menu on which the *Shift times* option should be selected. User must +then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be +adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment +should be forwards or backwards. + +==== Merge dives into a single dive + +Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the +surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by +the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the *Dive List* +panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the +appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then +selecting *Merge selected dives*. It may be necessary to edit the dive +information in the *Dive Notes* panel to reflect events or conditions that +apply to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two +such dives that were merged: + +image::images/MergedDive.png["Example: Merged dive", align="center"] + +[[S_Filter]] +=== Filtering the dive list + +The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, that is, one can select +only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, +dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows +one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave +dives with a particular buddy. + +To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This +opens the _Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons +are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The _Filter Panel_ +can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the *+*. The +_Filter Panel_ may also be minimised by selecting the middle icon. When +minimised, only these three icons are shown. The panel can be maximised by +clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The filter may also be reset and +closed by selecting the button with the flag. An example of the _Filter +Panel_ is shown in the figure below. + + +image::images/Filterpanel.jpg["Figure: Filter panel", align="center"] + + +Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person +(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented +by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level +filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that +check list. For instance, typing "_ca_" in the filter textbox above the tags +check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "_cave_" and +"_cavern_". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search +terms for filtering the dive list. + +To activate filtering of the dive list, the check box of at least one item +in one of the four check lists needs to be checked. The dive list is then +shortened to include only the dives that pertain to the selection criteria +specified in the check lists. The four check lists work as a filter with +_AND_ operators, Subsurface filters therefore for _cave_ as a tag AND _Joe +Smith_ as a buddy; but the filters within a category are inclusive - +filtering for _cave_ and _boat_ shows those dives that have either one or +both of these tags. + +[[S_ExportLog]] +== Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log + +The export function can be reached by selecting _File -> Export_, which +brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL +dives, or save only the dives selected in *Dive List* panel of +_Subsurface_. Click the appropriate radio button (see images below). + +image::images/Export.jpg["Figure: Export dialog", align="center"] + +A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats: + +* _Subsurface XML_ format. This is the native format used by _Subsurface_. + +Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more +information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many +dive computers and computer programs. + +_Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to +_Divelogs.de_, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for +_Divelogs.de_. Log into _http://en.divelogs.de_ and subscribe to this +service in order to upload dive log data from _Subsurface_. + +_CSV_ format, that includes the most critical information of the dive +profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, +duration, depth, temperature and pressure. + +_Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and +some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. + +_HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with +an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript +must be enabled. This generated HTML file is not intended to be edited by +the users. The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also +contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on +the second tab of the Export dialog (image *B* above). + +* _General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: + +** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the +numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered +starting from 1. +** Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will +be attached with the HTML exports. +** Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive +information will not be available. + +Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font +size and theme. + +Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for +instance _www.divelogs.de_. + +[[S_Cloud_access]] +== Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud + +For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a +record of diving activities for one's own pleasure, but it is important +information required for admission to further training courses or +(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore +critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home +computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious +solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one's dive log +from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this +reason, facilities such as _divelogs.de_ and _Diving Log_ offer facilities +to store dive log information on the Internet. Although _Subsurface_ does +not offer integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is simple to achieve +this using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. + +For instance http://www.dropbox.com/[_Dropbox_] offers a free application +that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on +one's desktop computer. + +image::images/Cloud.jpg["FIGURE: Dropbox folder", align="center"] + +The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content +on one's desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, +the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the _Open_ and +_Save_ of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the +local _Dropbox_ folder, so there's no need for a direct internet +connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote +copy in the _Dropbox_ server in the Cloud will be automatically updated +whenever Internet access is available. + +In this way a dive log in one's _Dropbox_ folder can be accessed seamlessly +from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet +access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox +(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +http://www.dropbox.com/install[_Install Page on the Dropbox website_] +Alternatively one can use _Dropbox_ as a mechanism to backup one's dive +log. To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select _File->Save as_ from the +_Subsurface_ main menu, navigate to the _Dropbox_ folder and select the +_Save_ button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select _File->Open +Logbook_ from the _Subsurface_ main menu and navigate to the dive log file +in the _Dropbox_ folder and select the _Open_ button. + +Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the +same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs. + + +[[S_PrintDivelog]] +== Printing a dive log + +_Subsurface_ provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a +few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual +information. + +Before printing, two decisions are required: + +Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the +dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the +*Dive List* panel. +What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users +should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left +of the Dive Profile panel. + +Now the print options should be selected to match the user's needs. To do +this, user should select _File->Print_ from the Main menu. The following +dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below). + +image::images/PrintDiveLog.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialogue", align="center"] + +Under _Print type_ users need to select one of three options: + +- Print the complete Dive List: to do this, _Table Print_ should be selected. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6 +dives per printed page: to do this, users should select _6 dives per page_. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2 +dives per printed page: to do this, users should select _2 dives per page_. +Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive +per printed page: to do this, users should select _1 dive per page_. + +Under _Print options_ users need to select: + +Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to +activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box _Print only +selected dives_. +- Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with _Print in colour_. + +The _Ordering_ affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each +dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the +textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual +information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select +the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has +a layout with text below the dive profile. + +Users can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on +the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue +can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste. + +Next, select the _Print_ button in the dialogue. This activates the regular +print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [*B*] in the middle, +above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image +[*C*] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of +the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer +properties. Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small) +example of the output for one particular page. + +image::images/Printpreview.jpg["FIGURE: Print preview page", align="center"] + + +[[S_Preferences]] +== Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_ + +There are several settings within _Subsurface_ that the user can +specify. These are found when selecting _File->Preferences_. The settings +are performed in five groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and +*Network*. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must +specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved +using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then +leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*. + +=== Defaults + +There are several settings in the *Defaults* panel: + +image::images/Pref1.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences defaults page", align="center"] + + ** *Lists and tables*: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the +*Dive Table* panel. By decreasing the font size of the *Dive Table*, users can see more dives on a screen. + + ** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive File_ one need to specify the directory and +file name of one's +electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When +launched, _Subsurface_ will automatically load the specified dive log book. + + ** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide +dives that he/she don't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to +keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in +the dive list. + + ** *Default cylinder*: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in +the *Equipment* tab of the *Dive Notes* panel. + + ** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using +animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to +dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not +happen instantaneously, but are animated. The _Speed_ of animations can be controlled +by setting this slider +with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation +at all. + + ** *Subsurface web service*: When one subscribes to the <<S_Companion,Subsurface web service>>, a very +long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By +checking the option _Save User ID locally?_, one ensures that a local copy of that userID +is saved. + + ** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are +cleared and set to default values. + +=== Units +image::images/Pref2.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Units page", align="center"] + +Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio +button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen +measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the *Personalise* radio +button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric +system and others in imperial. + +=== Graph +image::images/Pref3.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Graph page", align="center"] + +[[S_GradientFactors]] +This panel allows two type of selections: + +*Show*: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of +the dive profile: +** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during +the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile* +panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the +Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is +highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded. + +** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. +Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ +from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a +dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive. + +** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the *Equipment Tab*. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. + +** _Show average depth_: Activating this checkbox causes _Subsurface_ to draw a red line across +the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive. + +* *Misc*: + +** Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the _gradient factors_ used while diving. GF_Low is +the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. +At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. +Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a +similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower +the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with +respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient +factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered +harsh. Checking *GFLow at max depth* box causes GF_Low to be used at the +deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at +all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: + + ** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.] + + ** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts] + +=== Language +Choose a language that _Subsurface_ will use. + +image::images/Pref4.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Language page", align="center"] + +A checkbox allows one to use the _System Default_ language which in most +cases will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the +same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some +reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / +country combination from the list of included localizations. The _Filter_ +text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are +several system variants of English or French. This particular preference +requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take effect. + +=== Network +This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources +on the Internet. + +image::images/Pref5.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Network page", align="center"] + +This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs to communicate with +Internet services such as the <<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or +data export/import from _Divelogs.de_. These Internet requirements are +determined by one's type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet +Service Provider (ISP) used. One's ISP should provide the appropriate +information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate +information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be +selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and +the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses +authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be +provided so that _Subsurface_ can automatically pass through the proxy +server to access the Internet. + +[[S_DivePlanner]] +== The _Subsurface_ dive planner +Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessible by +selecting _Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of +nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the +addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker. + +**** +[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"] +[WARNING] + +The _Subsurface_ dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user +is already familiar with the _Subsurface_ user interface. It is explicitly +used under the following conditions: + +The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to +perform dive planning. +- The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the +_average person_ and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health +or personal history or life style characteristics. +- The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is + used. +- The user is familiar with the user interface of _Subsurface_. +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should +not use this feature. +**** + +=== The _Subsurface_ dive planner screen + +Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several +sections (see image below). The *setup* parameters for a dive are entered +into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is +divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options +and Dive Notes. + +At the top right hand is a green *design panel* upon which the profile of +the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained +below. This feature makes the _Subsurface_ dive planner unique in ease of +use. + +At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan +Details_. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way +that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning +messages about the dive plan are printed. + +image::images/PlannerWindow1.jpg["FIGURE: Dive planner startup window", align="center"] + + +=== Initiating dive planning + +The dive planner comprises two parts: *constructing a dive plan* and +*evaluating* that dive plan. To perform dive planning, perform these steps: + +Clear the existing dive log by creating a new planning log. This is achieved +by selecting _File -> New logbook_ from the main menu. This way, dive plans +are kept separate from the existing dive log of completed dives. + +In the top left-hand area of the screen, ensure that the constant dive +parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the dive, +Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive site. The +atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, assuming +an atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. + +In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the +cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that +cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <<S_CylinderData,providing +cylinder data for dive logs>>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking +the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work +pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed +empty, the dive gas is assumed to be air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or +helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional +cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue. + +The dialogue indicating _Dive Planner Points_ is usually not used at this +stage of the dive planning. + +=== Managing nitrogen, oxygen and gas consumption + +The planning is performed in three stages: + +*a) Nitrogen management*: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings _Rates_ and _Planning_ +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the _Preferences_ +panel of _Subsurface_ is used. If these are changed within the planner (see _Gas Options_ within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original specifications in the _Preferences_. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings]. +For more information external to this manual see: + + *** link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.] + *** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts] + *** link:http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers[_Deco for Divers_, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress] Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. +An excellent non-technical review. + + ** The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified +for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth +of the dive plan is indicated on the dive profile in the green panel of the dive planner. Ascent rates +at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are +often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option _Drop to first depth_ +is activated, then the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified +in the _Rates_ section of the dive setup. + + +*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (_bottom po2_) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (_deco po2_). +The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression +stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +_Available Gases_ dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar. + + +*c) Gas management*: One needs keep within the limits of the amount of gas contained in the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the _Gas Options_ heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (_bottom SAC_) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (_deco SAC_). Values of 20-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess +is not sufficient and one needs to +monitor one's gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner will calculate the total volume of gas used during the dive and will issue a warning +if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas. + +Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the +dive. _Subsurface_ offers a unique graphical interface for performing this +part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to +hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of _Subsurface_. Upon +activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered +in the green design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white +dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more +waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the +profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the +depth and duration of the dive. If any of the management limits (for +nitrogen, oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile +changes from BLUE to RED. + +Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the +table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the _Used Gas_ +value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures +specified in the table with _Available Gases_ immediately above the Dive +Planner Points. Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have +been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are +implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to +_Subsurface_. In most cases _Subsurface_ computes additional way points in +order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be +moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints +listed in the _Dive Planner Points_ dialogue can be edited by hand in order +to obtain a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, one can create +the whole dive profile by editing the _Dive Planner Points_ dialog. + +Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as +explained in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive +profile>>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions +defined in the table with _Available Gases_. If two or more gases are used, +automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the +surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas +change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the +appropriate waypoint. + +A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner +points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the +segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last +manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is +computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the +last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero +set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only +considers gas changes in OC mode. + +Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent +using EAN50 and using the settings as described above. + +image::images/DivePlanner2.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup", align="center"] + +Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the _Save_ +button towards the bottom left of the green design panel. The saved dive +plan will appear in the *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_. + +=== The dive plan details + +On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the +exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified +by checking any of the options under the _Dive Notes_ section of the dive +planner, immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim +diveplan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive +plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded +during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan +information. + +If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of +each depth level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration +INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the _Display +transition in deco_ option is checked, the transitions are shown separately +from the segment durations at a particular level. + +[[S_Replan]] +=== Modifying an existing dive plan + +Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive +List*, like any other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is not a way to +change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on +the *Dive List*. Then, in the main menu, select _Log -> Re-plan dive_. This +will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes +to be made and saved as usual. + +In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned +dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is +saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered +two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during +decompression calculation (see next section). + +=== Planning for repetitive dives + +Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start +Time_ field. _Subsurface_ calculates the gas loading figures correctly and +the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives. + +If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, +then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been completed +and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned +dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the +completed dive and allows planning within these limitations. + +If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a +template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one +now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the +template dive in the *Dive List* and activate the planner: the planner takes +into account the configuration in the highlighted dive. + +=== Printing the dive plan + +Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive +Plan Details_ for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the _Dive +Plan Details_ for inclusion in a text file or word processing document. + +Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, +dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and +gas calculations are saved in the *Dive Notes* tab. While a dive plan is +being designed, it can be printed using the _Print_ button in the dive +planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the _Dive Plan +Details_ panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, +it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas +calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning +process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the _File->Print_ +facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and +paste to a word processor. + +[[S_Configure]] +== Configuring a dive computer + +_Subsurface_ enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the +Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, +Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are +supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read +and changed to different values. As a first step, ensure that the +appropriate hardware driver is installed for the dive computer and that the +device name of the dive computer is known. See +<<_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer,APPENDIX +A>> for information on how to do this. + +Once the dive computer is connected to the _Subsurface_ computer, select +_File->Configure dive computer_ from the _Main Menu_. Provide the +appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration +panel that opens and select the appropriate dive computer model from the +panel on the lefthand (see image below). + +image::images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Configure dive computer", align="center"] + +Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following +actions can be performed: + + - *Retrieve available details*. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer + to _Subsurface_, showing this in the configuration panel. + - *Save changes to device*. This changes the configuration of the + dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel. + - *Backup*. This saves the configuration data to a file. _Subsurface_ asks for + a file location and file name for the saved information. + - *Restore backup*. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it + in the configuration panel. + - *Update firmware*. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is + loaded into the dive computer. + +== Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items + +This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main +Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this +manual dealing with the appropriate operations. + +=== File +<<S_NewLogbook,_New Logbook_>> - Close the currently open dive logbook and +clear all dive information. +_Open logbook_ - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive +logbook to open. +- _Save_ - Save the dive logbook that is currently open. +- _Save as_ - Save the current logbook under a different file name. +- _Close_ - Close the dive logbook that is currently open. +<<S_ExportLog,_Export_>> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the +selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats. +- <<S_PrintDivelog,_Print_>> - Print the currently open logbook. +- <<S_Preferences,_Preferences_>> - Set the _Subsurface_ preferences. +- <<S_Configure,_Configure dive computer_>> - Edit the configuration of a dive + computer. +- _Quit_ - Quit _Subsurface_. + +=== Import +<<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Import from dive computer_>> - Import dive +information from a dive computer. +<<Unified_import,_Import Log Files_>> - Import dive information from a file +in in a _Subsurface_-compatible format. +<<S_Companion,_Import GPS data from Subsurface web service_>> - Load GPS +coordinates from the _Subsurface_ mobile phone app. +<<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Import from Divelogs.de_>> - Import dive +information from _www.Divelogs.de_. + +=== Log +- <<S_EnterData,_Add Dive_>> - Manually add a new dive to the *Dive List* + panel. +- <<S_DivePlanner,_Plan Dive_>> - This feature allows the planning of dives. +- <<S_Replan,_Re-plan dive_>> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the + *Dive List*. +- <<S_CopyComponents,_Copy dive components_>> - By selecting this option, one + can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard. +- _Paste dive components_ - Paste, into the selected dives in the *Dive List*, + the information copied using the _Copy dive components_ option. +<<S_Renumber,_Renumber_>> - Renumber the dives listed in the *Dive List* +panel. +<<S_Group,_Auto Group_>> - Group the dives in the *Dive List* panel into +dive trips. +- <<S_DeviceNames,_Edit Device Names_>> - Edit the names of dive computers to + facilitate your logs. +- <<S_Filter,_Filter divelist_>> - Select only some dives, based on specific + tags or dive criteria. + +=== View +<<S_ViewPanels,_All_>> - View the four main _Subsurface_ panels +simmultaneously. +- <<S_ViewPanels,_Dive List_>> - View only the *Dive List* panel. +- <<S_ViewPanels,_Profile_>> - View only the *Dive Profile* panel. +- <<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - View only the *Dive Notes* panel. +- <<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - View only the *World Map* panel. +_Yearly Statistics_ - Display summary statistics about dives during this and +past years. +- _Prev DC_ - Switch to previous dive computer. +- _Next DC_ - Switch to next dive computer. +- _Full Screen_ - Toggles Full Screen mode. + +=== Help +_About Subsurface_ - Show a panel with the version number of _Subsurface_ as +well as licensing information. +_Check for updates_ - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is +available on the http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site]. +- _User Manual_ - Open a window showing this user manual. + + +== APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer. + +=== Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed +[icon="images/icons/drivers.jpg"] +[NOTE] +The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers +in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive +computer prefers (e.g. bluetooth, USB, infra-red). + + * On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most + distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load + kernel modules. However, some communication protocols require an additional + driver, especially for rarely used technology such as infra-red. + + * On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user + connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the + equipment for the first time. + +On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For +example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive +computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or +similar chip can be found as _Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip_ at the +http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101[Silicon +Labs document and software repository]. + +[[S_HowFindDeviceName]] +=== How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission +[icon="images/icons/usb.jpg"] +[NOTE] +When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +_Subsurface_ will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct +device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the +device select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare +cases where this doesn't work, here are some suggestions of ways to find out +what the device name is: + +.On Windows: + +Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected +COM devices. + +.On MacOS: + +The drop down box should find all connected dive computers. + +.On Linux: + +There is a definitive way to find the port: + + - Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer + - Open a terminal + - Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter + - Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer + - Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter + +A message similar to this one should appear: + + usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd + usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial + USB Serial support registered for generic + usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic + usbserial: USB Serial Driver core + USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device + ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected + usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM + usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 + usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 + usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 + usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 + usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 + usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio + ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver + +The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected +and connected to +ttyUSB3+. This information can now be used in the import +settings as +/dev/ttyUSB3+ which directs Subsurface to the correct USB port. + +Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port: + +On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users +who are members of the +dialout+ group. If one is not root, one may not be a +member of that group and will not be able to use the USB port. Let us assume +one's username is 'johnB'. + +As root, type: +usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (Ubuntu users: +sudo usermod -a +-G dialout johnB+) This makes johnB a member of the +dialout+ group. +Type: +id johnB+ This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and +verifies that +the appropriate group membership has been created. The +dialout+ group should +be listed +among the different IDs. +Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after +one logs out and then logs in again. + +With the appropriate device name (e.g. +dev/ttyUSB3+) and with write +permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one +should be able to import dives. + +[[S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName]] +=== Setting up bluetooth enabled devices +[icon="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"] +[NOTE] +For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different +procedure to get the devices name to communicate with _Subsurface_. Follow +these steps: + + * *For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.* + +For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer's user +guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select _Dive Log -> Upload +Log_ and wait for the _Wait PC_ message. + + * *Pair the _Subsurface_ computer with the dive computer.* + +.On Windows: + +Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer +choose _Control Panel->Bluetooth Devices->Add Wireless Device_. This should +bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (in Bluetooth mode) and +allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose _Properties->COM Ports_ to +identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several ports +listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming". + +For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should +contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually. + +Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer +using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer. + +.On MacOS: + +Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up Bluetooth +Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of +devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only +be needed once for initial setup. + +Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the 'Device or +Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog. + +.On Linux +Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer. On most common +distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be +straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon in the upper +right corner of the desktop where one selects 'Set up New Device'. This +should show a dialog where one can select the dive computer (which already +should be in Bluetooth mode) and pair it. If a PIN is required, try +manually setting '0000'. + +In the rare cases where the above is not true, then depending on your +system, try +initd+ or +systemd+. This might be different and also involve +loading modules specific to your hardware. In case your system is running ++systemd+, manually run +systemctl start bluetooth.service+ to enable it, in +case of +initd+, run something like +rc.config start bluetoothd+ or ++/etc/init.d/bluetooth start+. + +One may also use a manual approach by using such commands: + ++hciconfig+ shows the Bluetooth devices available on your computer (not dive +computer), most likely one will see a hci0, if not try +hcitool -a+ to see +inactive devices and run +sudo hciconfig hci0 up+ to bring them up. + ++hcitool scanning+ gets a list of bluetooth enabled client devices, look for +the dive computer and remember the MAC address are shown there + ++bluez-simple-agent hci0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4+ pairs the dive computer with the +bluetooth stack of the _Subsurface_ computer, copy/paste the MAC address +from the output of 'hcitool scanning' + +Unfortunately on Linux binding to a communication device has to be done +manually by running: + ++rfcomm bind /dev/rfcomm0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4+ binds the dive computer to a +communication device in the desktop computer, in case rfcomm is already +taken use rfcomm1 or up. IMPORTANT: Copy/paste the MAC address from the +output of +hcitool scanning+, the MAC address shown above will not work. + +For downloading dives in _Subsurface_ specify the device name connected to +the MAC address in the last step above, e.g. _/dev/rfcomm0_. + + +== APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive information. + +[[S_ImportUemis]] +=== Import from a Uemis Zurich + +[icon="images/icons/iumis.jpg"] +[NOTE] +_Subsurface_ downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file +system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and +equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very +similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those +that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that +one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the +UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On +Windows this is a drive letter ( often 'E:' or 'F:'), on a Mac this is +'/Volumes/UEMISSDA' and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +'/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA'. In all cases _Subsurface_ should +suggest the correct location in the drop down list. + +After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis +Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation +(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a _Subsurface_ issue) is that one +cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on +the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads +dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day +or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If _Subsurface_ +displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is +straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and +reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this +more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer. + +[[S_ImportingGalileo]] +=== Importing dives from the Uwatec Galileo + +[icon="images/icons/Galileo.jpg"] +[NOTE] +The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between +the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle +based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller +manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics +companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using +the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for +the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the +*irda-tools* package from the +http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html[Linux IrDA Project]. After +the installation of the irda-tools, the *root user* can specify a device +name from the console as follows: +irattach irda0+ + +After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive +computer and download dive information. + +Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/[www.drivers-download.com]. + +For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available +for OSX 10.6 or higher. + +[[S_ImportingDR5]] +=== Importing dives from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 + +[icon="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"] +[NOTE] +When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF +file for every dive. Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, +so for _Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the _Graph Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay +in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco +calculated by _Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on +the DR5. + +=== Import from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth + +[icon="images/icons/predator.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then +encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like _Slip RX: unexp. SLIP +END_ on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log +software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea +about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved +sometimes by one of these steps: + + * use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of + the built-in one of the _Subsurface_ computer + * switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware + * switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth + +[[S_PoseidonMkVI]] +=== Importing dive logs from the Poseidon MkVI Discovery + +[icon="images/MkVI.jpeg"] +[NOTE] +Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom +communications adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_, +obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows +application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive +logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the +IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, +comprising three files: + +Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt +extension) +- Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed +version of the dive log using a proprietary format. + +_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log +information. + + +=== Importing dive logs from the APD Inspiration CCR + +[icon="images/APDComputer.jpg"] +[NOTE] +The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are +downloaded using a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained +when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the _AP Log +Viewer_, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and +managed from within _Subsurface_ (together with dives using many other types +of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into +_Subsurface_ as follows: + +- Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_. +- Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "_Data_". +- If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "_Copy to Clipboard_". +- Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac). +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text +file with a filename extension of .CSV +- Within _Subsurface_, select _Import->Import log files_ to open the + xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue]. +- In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select "_CSV + files_". +On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created +above. An import dialogue opens. +In the dropdown list on the middle right labeled '_Pre-configured imports_", +select _APD Log Viewer_. +- Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select + _OK_. + +The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_. + + +== APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software. + +The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly +performed using the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, +then clicking on _Import Log Files_. This is a single-step process, more +information about which can be found xref:Unified_import[here.] However, in +some cases, a two-step process may be required: + +Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from +_Subsurface_. +2. Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_. + +This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to +Linux and/or Windows. + +[[S_ImportingDivesSuunto]] +=== Exporting dives from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)* +[icon="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"] +[NOTE] +DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file +naming conventions to export dive log data. + +*Divemanager 3 (DM3):* + +1. Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs +2. Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the +appropriate dives. +4. Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: + * To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the +last dive +5. With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_ +6. The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called + 'Export Path'. + * Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +** A file-manager like window pops up +** Navigate to the directory for storing the +Divelog.SDE file + ** Optionally change the name of the file for saving + ** Click 'Save' + * Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export' +7. The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. + +*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):* + +DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a +divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the +dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make +a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here. + +Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database: + +1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +2. Select 'Help -> About' +3. Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard' +4. Now open Windows Explorer +5. Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +6. The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db + +Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database: + +1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +2. Select 'File - Create backup' +3. From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll use + DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +4. Click 'Save' +5. The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) + + +=== Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1 +[[Mares_Export]] + +[icon="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy +of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible +format which can be imported into _Subsurface_. + +Within Dive Organiser, select _Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and +back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file +DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf. +Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a +file _DiveOrganiser.sdf_. +3. Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +4. The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_. + +[[S_ImportingDivingLog]] +=== Exporting dives from *DivingLog 5.0* + +[icon="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"] +[NOTE] +Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences +set on one's system. So in order for _Subsurface_ to be able to successfully +import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is +configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within +Diving Log by selecting 'File -> Preferences -> Units and Language' by +clicking the 'Metric' button). Then do the following: + +1. In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> XML' menu +2. Select the dives to export +3. Click on the export button and select the filename + +[[S_Appendix_D]] +== APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format + +Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a +spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily +imported into _Subsurface_ (xref:S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives +from_manually kept CSV file]), after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV +file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook +stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from +_Subsurface_. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the +procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is +used. + +The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that +the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the +information for each dive is stored in a single row. _Subsurface_ supports +many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, +Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data +following a few simple rules: + +1. Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy +2. Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds. +3. Unit system: only one unit system shold be used (i.e., no mixture between + imperial and metric units) +4. Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma. +5. GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 + +=== _LibreOffice Calc_ and _OpenOffice Calc_ + +These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open +source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_ +and _OpenOffice_ is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format +should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one +of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like +this: + +image::images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg["FIGURE: Spreadsheet data", align="center"] + +To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File -> +Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the +file type and select the option _Edit filter settings_. + +image::images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg["FIGURE: Save as options", align="center"] + +After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_ +to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), +then select _OK_. + +image::images/LOffice_field_options.jpg["FIGURE: Field options", align="center"] + +One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and +then import the dive data as explained on the section +xref:S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually kept CSV files]. + +=== Microsoft _Excel_ + +The field delimiter (called "_list separator_" in Microsoft manuals) is not +accessible from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the _Microsoft +Control Panel_. After changing the separator character, all software on the +Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the +character back to the default character by following the same procedure, +outlined below. + +- In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, and then select _Control + Panel_ from the list on the right-hand side. +- Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box. +Do one of the following: ** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then +click _Customize this format_. ** In Windows XP, click the _Regional +Options_ tab, and then click _Customize_. +- Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited + file, type the word TAB in the box. +- Click _OK_ twice. + +Below is an image of the _Control Panel_: + +image::images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg["FIGURE: Win List separator", align="center"] + +To export the dive log in CSV format: + +With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the +top left, then _Save As_. + +image::images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save as option", align="center"] + +Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the +right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an +alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, +marked _Save as Type:_, select _CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)_. Ensure that +the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into. + +image::images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue", align="center"] + +Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder +that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a +text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section +xref:S_ImportingManualCSV[Importing dives from manually kept CSV files]. + +== APPENDIX E: FAQs. + +=== Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC +[[SAC_CALCULATION]] +'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending +with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_ +calculates. Is _Subsurface_ miscalculating? + +'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates +gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, +it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas +consumption and SAC should be: +consumption = tank size x (start pressure - +end pressure)+ + +and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive +theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn't actually exist, and real gases actually +don't compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that +one atmosphere of pressure isn't actually one bar. So the *real* +calculation is: + ++consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+ + +where the amount of air is *not* just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It's a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a +fairly small issue under 220 bar - you'll see more differences when you do +high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the +majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without +the compressibility, your gas use is: + ++12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+ + +which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The +compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about +eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface +pressure. + +So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or +be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as +mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts +becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts +pretty much like an ideal gas. + +=== Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer... + +_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, +divetime, SAC, etc). 'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer +differ from that given by _Subsurface_? + +'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to +trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for +your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - +because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say +it's 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It's +even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW +dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it +at the surface. And then you don't want that to count as some kind of long +dive”. |